WO2021062634A1 - Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device - Google Patents
Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- WO2021062634A1 WO2021062634A1 PCT/CN2019/109467 CN2019109467W WO2021062634A1 WO 2021062634 A1 WO2021062634 A1 WO 2021062634A1 CN 2019109467 W CN2019109467 W CN 2019109467W WO 2021062634 A1 WO2021062634 A1 WO 2021062634A1
- Authority
- WO
- WIPO (PCT)
- Prior art keywords
- time domain
- physical downlink
- symbol
- control channel
- downlink control
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Ceased
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04W—WIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
- H04W72/00—Local resource management
- H04W72/04—Wireless resource allocation
Definitions
- This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device.
- the same data can be repeatedly transmitted in time, that is, the physical downlink shared channel corresponding to the same data can be repeatedly transmitted in time.
- Physical Downlink Share Channel, PDSCH Physical Downlink Share Channel
- the terminal device needs to determine the relevant parameters of the PDSCH transmission, such as the time domain resources corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. Only after the terminal device determines the relevant parameters of each PDCSH transmission, can the PDSCH be correctly received.
- the relevant parameters of each PDSCH transmission are carried in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) in the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), that is, the network device transmits the PDCCH first.
- DCI Downlink Control Information
- PDCCH Physical Downlink Control Channel
- Retransmit PDSCH There must be a certain time interval between PDSCH and PDCCH. This time interval is used for terminal equipment to receive the PDCCH, and then decode the PDCCH to obtain the transmission parameters in the DCI (such as the time domain resources corresponding to the PDSCH), and then use the corresponding To receive on the time domain resource.
- the present application provides a physical downlink shared channel transmission method and device, which can not only improve the reliability of data transmission, but also reduce the time delay of data transmission.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
- the method includes:
- the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is determined, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- the physical downlink shared channel is repeatedly transmitted N times, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is greater than or equal to 1. , And an integer less than or equal to N.
- the physical downlink shared channel for the above N repeated transmissions is the same or different redundancy version (Redundant version, RV) corresponding to the same data.
- RV redundancy version
- the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is received.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
- This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the structure of the terminal device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit.
- the transceiving unit is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processing unit is used to perform operations on the information or messages in the process. Corresponding processing operations;
- the processing unit is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- the physical downlink shared channel is repeatedly transmitted N times, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is greater than or equal to 1. , And an integer less than or equal to N.
- the physical downlink shared channel for the above N repeated transmissions is the same or different redundancy version (Redundant version, RV) corresponding to the same data.
- RV redundancy version
- the transceiver unit is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the terminal device may also include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
- the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
- the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a communication unit, and is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
- the processing unit may be a processor
- the transceiving unit may be a transceiver
- the storage unit may be a memory.
- the transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processor is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- Perform corresponding processing operations where the transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, which is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver
- the processor is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, where the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel, so
- the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the i is greater than or equal to 1, and less than or equal to An integer of N;
- the transceiver is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
- the above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip.
- the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor.
- the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip.
- a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip.
- Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific requirements of product design.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
- the physical downlink shared channel is repeatedly transmitted N times, which can improve the reliability of data transmission, and the embodiment of this application can determine the i-th physical downlink sharing based on the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel The first time domain range corresponding to channel transmission, therefore, the physical shared channel can be sent without analyzing the physical downlink control channel to obtain the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel, which can reduce the time delay of data transmission.
- the transmission configuration indication-state TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission It is one transmission in M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the physical downlink shared channel can be traversed N-M after the TCI-state transmission used in the previous M transmissions.
- the number of repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel N 5
- the number of repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel M 3
- the repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel adopts three TCI-states.
- the three TCI-states are respectively (TCI -state#1, TCI-state#2, TCI-state#3), then the first 3 physical downlink shared channel repeated transmissions respectively use TCI-state#1, TCI-state#2 and TCI-state#3, the last two The second physical downlink shared channel transmission uses TCI-state#1 and TCI-state#2 respectively.
- the two TCI-states are ( TCI-state#1, TCI-state#2), then the first three physical downlink shared channel repeated transmissions use TCI-state#1, TCI-state#2 and TCI-state#1, and the last two physical downlink shared channels Transmission can use TCI-state#1 and TCI-state#2.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, so the PDCCH does not carry the physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the terminal device can use the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission to receive the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
- K is an integer greater than or equal to 1, where K may be greater than M, that is, M TCI-states are selected from K TCI-states to perform M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- K can be equal to M, that is, one TCI-state corresponds to one physical downlink control channel transmission, or K can be less than M, then the K TCI-states can be repeatedly used for M physical downlink control channel transmissions.
- K TCI-states can be determined through the control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and the method of determining the TCI-state is simple.
- the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be paired and transmitted together, and the time domain resource information and/or the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission may be used.
- the time domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission determines the first time domain range corresponding to the ith physical downlink shared channel.
- the first time corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined based on the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and the time-domain resource information of the i+1-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- Domain range that is, the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol, or the first time domain range is the time included by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the first time domain range.
- the number of domain symbols is determined, or the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined according to the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, that is, the first time domain range starts from the start time.
- the domain range, that is, the first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
- the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be the first time-domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, or the i-th
- the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel transmission may be the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, or the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission
- the corresponding starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range may be the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel or the last time domain symbol shifted backward by X time domain symbols
- the corresponding symbol, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the number of offset time-domain symbols X may be specified by the protocol by default, or may be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI information.
- the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be shifted forward by Y from the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the number of offset time-domain symbols Y may be specified by the protocol by default, or may be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI information.
- the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range may be specified by the protocol by default, or indicated by the network device to the terminal device through RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI information, or the terminal device may report to the network through the capability reporting process equipment.
- the start time domain symbol is jointly determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol of the first time domain range, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range If the number of time domain symbols determined is greater than the number of symbols corresponding to the start time domain symbol to the end time domain symbol, the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol are used to determine the time domain range. As the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the time-domain range corresponding to the start time-domain symbol and the determined number of time-domain symbols is used as the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission. That is, a smaller time domain range is used as the time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- N times of repeated transmission of the physical downlink shared channel may be after all the physical downlink control channels are transmitted.
- the physical downlink control channel may not be repeatedly transmitted, that is, transmit once, or it may be repeated transmission, the number of repeated transmissions. Is M.
- the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the M-th physical downlink control channel, which corresponds to the symbol that is shifted backward by X time domain symbols; Or, it is the first time domain symbol or the fourth time domain symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is located. It can be understood that the starting time domain symbol may also be the next time slot Other time domain symbols of, for example, the second time domain symbol, or the third time domain symbol, etc.
- X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and it is shifted backward by X time domain symbols Corresponding symbol, the X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the time domain range of the physical downlink shared channel transmission is determined by the physical downlink control channel of the last transmission. Before the demodulation and decoding of the physical downlink control channel is completed, the physical downlink shared channel can be transmitted. On the basis of transmission reliability, the data transmission delay is reduced.
- receiving the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
- the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain range, and obtain the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource It is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range.
- the specific time domain resource used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the determined time domain range.
- the specific time domain resources used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined from the first time-domain range, so that it is convenient to receive the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range.
- the first time domain resource is determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
- the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range
- the first symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel The symbol interval between the start time domain symbols of the transmission; or,
- the second symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel transmission The symbol interval between the cutoff time domain symbols;
- the start time domain symbol of the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
- embodiments of the present application provide a method for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel, where the method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a component of the network device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
- the method includes:
- the network device uses the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain resource may be a subset or the full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel.
- the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of N repeated transmissions. Is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a network device, may also be a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device.
- This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
- the transceiver unit is used to support communication between network devices and other devices, and other devices can be terminal devices.
- the network device includes a transceiver unit
- the transceiver unit is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, so The first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is N repeated transmissions. For one transmission of, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the network device may also include a storage unit, which is used for coupling with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
- the transceiver unit may also be called a communication unit, which is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
- the processing unit may be a processor
- the transceiving unit may be a transceiver
- the storage unit may be a memory.
- the transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processor is used to perform corresponding processing operations on the information or messages in the process.
- the transceiver may also be called a communication interface for performing the process. The operation of receiving or sending information or messages.
- the network device includes a transceiver
- the transceiver is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, so The first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is N repeated transmissions. For one transmission of, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
- the network device when the network device performs the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, it determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission through the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel. Then, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is performed on the first time domain resource within the first time domain, and the physical downlink shared channel can be transmitted without waiting for the terminal device to obtain the physical downlink shared channel transmission parameters from the physical downlink control channel, thereby Reduce data transmission delay.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the physical downlink control channel.
- the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M is equal to the N.
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are the K TCI-states associated with a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel;
- the K TCI-states used for the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are the K TCI-states associated with the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set is used to associate a TCI-state;
- K is greater than or equal to 1.
- the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel includes the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, or, is the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, Or, the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1 ;
- the cut-off time domain symbol is the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i+1th physical downlink control channel is shifted forward by Y time domain symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range;
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the M-th physical downlink control channel, which corresponds to the symbol that is shifted backward by X time domain symbols; Or, it is the first time domain symbol or the fourth time domain symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is located, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; where the M-th physical downlink control Channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel;
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and it is shifted backward by X time domain symbols
- the corresponding symbol, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
- the method includes:
- the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel
- the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- the i+1th The second physical downlink control channel transmission is the next transmission of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
- the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is received.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
- This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the structure of the terminal device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit.
- the transceiving unit is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processing unit is used to perform operations on the information or messages in the process. Corresponding processing operations;
- the processing unit is configured to determine, according to the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission
- the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel
- the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the next transmission of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission
- the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
- the transceiver unit is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the terminal device may also include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
- the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
- the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a communication unit, and is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
- the processing unit may be a processor
- the transceiving unit may be a transceiver
- the storage unit may be a memory.
- the transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processor is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- Perform corresponding processing operations where the transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, which is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver
- the processor is configured to determine, according to the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission
- the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel
- the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the next transmission of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission
- the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
- the transceiver is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
- the above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip.
- the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor.
- the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip.
- a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip.
- Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is installed independently on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific requirements of product design.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
- the i-th physical downlink sharing can be determined through the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1-th physical downlink control channel transmission
- the channel transmits the corresponding first time domain range, and the physical downlink shared channel can be transmitted without waiting for the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel to be parsed from the physical downlink control channel, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
- the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, or, is the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, Or, the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1 ;
- the cut-off time domain symbol is the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i+1th physical downlink control channel is shifted forward by Y time domain symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- receiving content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
- the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain range, and obtain the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource It is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range.
- the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range
- the first time domain resource is determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
- the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range
- the first symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel The symbol interval between the start time domain symbols of the transmission; or,
- the second symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel transmission The symbol interval between the cutoff time domain symbols;
- the start time domain symbol of the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
- an embodiment of the present application provides a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a network device or a component of the network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). Among them, the method includes:
- the first time domain resource is used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain resource is a subset or full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the first time domain range It is determined by the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is that of the physical downlink shared channel One of the N repeated transmissions, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the i-th physical downlink control channel In the next transmission of the transmission, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a network device, may also be a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device.
- This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
- the transceiver unit is used to support communication between network devices and other devices, and the other devices may be terminal devices.
- the network device includes a transceiver unit
- the transceiver unit is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, where the first time domain resource is a subset or the full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission,
- the first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is One of the N repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the i-th For the next transmission of the second physical downlink control channel transmission, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
- the network device may also include a storage unit, which is used for coupling with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
- the transceiver unit may also be called a communication unit, which is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
- the processing unit may be a processor
- the transceiving unit may be a transceiver
- the storage unit may be a memory.
- the transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processor is used to perform corresponding processing operations on the information or messages in the process.
- the transceiver may also be called a communication interface for performing the process. The operation of receiving or sending information or messages.
- the network device includes a transceiver
- a transceiver configured to use a first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, where the first time domain resource is a subset or a complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission,
- the first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is One of the N repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the i-th For the next transmission of the second physical downlink control channel transmission, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel.
- N is an integer greater than or equal to 2
- i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
- the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
- the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
- the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
- the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, or, is the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, Or, the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1 ;
- the cut-off time domain symbol is the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i+1th physical downlink control channel is shifted forward by Y time domain symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
- the method includes:
- the time domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission determine the first time-domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission, where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is M times of the physical downlink control channel The last time in the repeated transmission, the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the first time in N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
- the content corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is received.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
- This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the structure of the terminal device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit.
- the transceiving unit is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processing unit is used to perform operations on the information or messages in the process. Corresponding processing operations;
- the processing unit is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the physical downlink The last of M repeated transmissions of the control channel, the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
- the transceiver unit is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the terminal device may also include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
- the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
- the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a communication unit, and is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
- the processing unit may be a processor
- the transceiving unit may be a transceiver
- the storage unit may be a memory.
- the transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processor is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- Perform corresponding processing operations where the transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, which is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver
- the processor is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the physical downlink The last of M repeated transmissions of the control channel, the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
- the transceiver is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
- the above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip.
- the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor.
- the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip.
- a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip.
- Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific requirements of product design.
- the embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined through the time domain resource information transmitted by the Mth physical downlink control channel, instead of waiting for the physical downlink control Only when the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel are parsed in the channel can the physical downlink shared channel be transmitted, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
- the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel is received.
- the obtained second time domain range is different, that is, a value of i has a one-to-one correspondence with the second time domain range.
- the TCI-state used in the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the first physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
- the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
- the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range is the Mth physical downlink
- the first time-domain symbol or the last time-domain symbol of the time-domain resource transmitted by the control channel is shifted backward by X time-domain symbols; or, it is the next symbol of the time slot where the M-th physical downlink control channel is transmitted.
- the first time domain symbol or the fourth time domain symbol of a time slot can of course be understood that it can also be any other time domain symbol of the next time slot, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the second time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the second time domain range; the starting time domain symbol of the second time domain range is the time corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission
- the first time-domain symbol or the last time-domain symbol in the domain range is shifted backward by X time-domain symbols and the corresponding symbol, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- receiving content corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
- the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range
- the first time domain resource is comprised of the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the time domain symbol of the first time domain resource.
- the number of domain symbols is determined, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range, or is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
- receiving content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
- the second time domain resource is A subset or complete set of the second time domain range.
- the second time domain resource is a subset of the second time domain range
- the first time domain resource is composed of the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the time domain contained in the first time domain resource The number of symbols is determined, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
- the start time domain symbol of the second time domain resource is the start time domain symbol of the second time domain range, or, according to the first time domain corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission The starting time domain symbol of the resource is calculated.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
- embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a component of the network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.).
- the method includes:
- the first time domain resource is used for the first physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain resource is a subset or full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain range is determined by The time domain resource information of the Mth physical downlink control channel transmission is determined, the Mth physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the physical downlink For the first time in N repeated transmissions of the shared channel, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a network device, may also be a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device.
- This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software.
- the hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
- the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a transceiver unit.
- the transceiver unit is used to support communication between network devices and other devices, and the other devices may be terminal devices.
- the network device includes a transceiver unit
- the transceiver unit is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the first physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- a time-domain range is determined by the time-domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- the first physical downlink shared channel The transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the network device may also include a storage unit, which is used for coupling with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
- the transceiver unit may also be called a communication unit, which is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
- the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
- the processing unit may be a processor
- the transceiving unit may be a transceiver
- the storage unit may be a memory.
- the transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process
- the processor is used to perform corresponding processing operations on the information or messages in the process.
- the transceiver may also be called a communication interface for performing the process. The operation of receiving or sending information or messages.
- the network device includes a transceiver
- the transceiver is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the first physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- a time-domain range is determined by the time-domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
- the first physical downlink shared channel The transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined through the time domain resource information of the Mth physical downlink control channel transmission, instead of waiting for the physical downlink control channel Only when the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel are analyzed can the physical downlink shared channel be transmitted, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
- the second time domain resource is used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the second time domain resource is a subset of the second time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, or In the full set, the second time domain range is determined according to the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- a seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a processor, which is configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing first aspect, third aspect, or fifth aspect.
- the process of sending information or data and receiving information or data can be understood as the process of outputting the above-mentioned information or data by the processor, and the process of receiving the input of the above-mentioned information or data by the processor.
- the processor when outputting information or data, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information or data to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver.
- other processing may be performed before it reaches the transceiver.
- the transceiver when the processor receives the aforementioned information or data input, the transceiver receives the aforementioned information or data and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information or data, the above-mentioned information or data may undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
- the receiving physical shared channel mentioned in the method provided by the foregoing first aspect, third aspect, or fifth aspect can be understood as the transceiver inputting the received physical shared channel into the processor.
- the processor outputs and receives, inputs and other operations, instead of transmitting, sending and receiving directly by the radio frequency circuit and antenna.
- the foregoing processor may be a processor specifically configured to execute these methods, or a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor.
- the above-mentioned memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be separately arranged on different chips.
- ROM read only memory
- An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface.
- the chip system can be deployed in terminal equipment.
- the processor is used to determine the first time domain resource range corresponding to the i-th physical shared channel transmission, and the interface is used to receive signals within the time domain resource range; the processor is used to determine the i-th physical share The channel transmits the corresponding first time domain resource, and processes the signal on the first time domain resource.
- the interface is also used to receive the physical control channel, and the processor is also used to decode the physical control channel to obtain the transmission parameters of the physical shared channel.
- the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory from the memory to support the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the first aspect or the third aspect or the fifth aspect, such as determining the i-th time
- the first time domain resource range corresponding to the physical shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical shared channel transmission is determined, and so on.
- the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the terminal device.
- the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
- a ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned terminal device, including instructions for executing the method described in the above-mentioned first aspect, third aspect, or fifth aspect The procedures involved.
- the tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product including a computer program or instruction, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect.
- the eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program including a computer program or instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect.
- a twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a processor, which is configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing second aspect, fourth aspect, or sixth aspect.
- the process of sending information or data and receiving information or data can be understood as the process of outputting the foregoing information or data by the processor, and processing The process of receiving the above-mentioned information or data input.
- the processor when outputting the above-mentioned information or data, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information or data to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver.
- the transceiver receives the aforementioned information or data and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information or data, the above-mentioned information or data may undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
- the thirteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip system including a processor and an interface.
- the processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in the memory from the memory to support the network device to implement the second aspect or the fourth aspect.
- the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the network device.
- the chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
- a fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used for the above-mentioned network equipment, including instructions for executing the above-mentioned second or fourth or sixth aspects. The procedures involved in the method.
- the fifteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product including a computer program or instruction, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect.
- a sixteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program including a computer program or instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect.
- a seventeenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a system, which includes a terminal device and a network device.
- Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of this application.
- Figure 2 is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 3 is an interaction diagram of a physical downlink shared channel transmission method provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of using multiple TCI-states to transmit PDSCH in time sharing according to an embodiment of the application;
- FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of transmission of PDCCH and PDSCH according to an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another PDCCH and PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a chip structure provided by an embodiment of the application.
- FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
- the embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter.
- the beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter);
- the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
- the transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna
- the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
- the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams.
- the beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technologies.
- the beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology, etc.
- Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, network equipment uses different resources to measure different beams. The terminal equipment feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network equipment knows the quality of the corresponding beam. During data transmission, beam information can also be indicated through its corresponding resources. For example, the network device indicates the information of the receiving beam of the physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device through the resource indicated by the TCI indication information of the DCI.
- multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam.
- One or more antenna ports can be included in one beam, which are used to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals.
- One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
- one beam corresponds to one resource, so the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
- the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
- the resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource.
- the uplink signal includes but is not limited to sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS).
- Downlink signals include but are not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block).
- CSI-RS channel state information reference signal
- CS-RS cell specific reference signal
- UE specific reference signal user equipment specific reference signal
- DMRS demodulation reference signal
- SS/PBCH block synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block
- the SS/PBCH block may be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) for short.
- a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc.
- Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- TCI state (for example: TCI-state)
- TCI-state is configured by the network equipment to each terminal device.
- Each TCI-state includes its own index tci-StateId and two QCL-Info.
- Each QCL-Info includes a cell field and bwp-Id, which respectively indicate which bwp (Bandwidth part) of which cell (cell) the TCI-state is applied to, that is, different cells or different bwps of the same cell can be configured with different QCL-Info .
- QCL-Info also includes a referenceSignal (reference signal), which is used to indicate which reference signal resource constitutes a QCL (quasi-co-location) relationship.
- beams correspond to reference signal resources, and one beam corresponds to one reference signal resource.
- the QCL relationship means that two reference signal resources (or two antenna ports, the antenna port and the reference signal resource are also in a one-to-one correspondence) have some same spatial parameters. Which spatial parameters are the same depends on the type of the QCL-Info, that is, another field qcl-Type of the QCL-Info.
- qcl-Type can have four values ⁇ typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD ⁇ . Taking typeD as an example, typeD indicates that two reference signal resources have the same spatial receiving parameter information, that is, the two beams have the same receiving beam. At most one of the two QCL-Info included in the TCI-state can be TypeD.
- the following takes an example to explain in detail how the network device instructs a terminal device to receive beam information of the data transmission beam through the TCI-state, including the configuration, activation and indication of the TCI-state.
- TCI-state configuration The network device configures multiple TCI-states to the terminal device through RRC (Radio resource control) signaling. These TCI-states all include a QCL-Info of typeD.
- TCI-state activation After the network device is configured with multiple TCI-states, it can also activate 8 TCI-states through MAC-CE (Medium Access Control-Control Element). These 8 TCI states have a one-to-one correspondence with the 8 values of the TCI field in the DCI. That is, which 8 TCI-states correspond to the 8 values of the TCI field of the DCI are determined through MAC CE signaling.
- the MAC CE structure used to activate TCI is shown in Figure 1. Among them, the fields T0 to T(N-2)x8+7 correspond to the respective TCI-states configured in the first step with the index from 0 to (N-2)x8+7.
- the size of each field is 1bit, and the value can be 0 or 1.
- a value of 1 indicates that the TCI-state is activated, and a value of 0 indicates that the TCI-state is not activated.
- Each MAC CE can theoretically have 8 activation fields with a value of 1, and the rest are all 0s.
- the TCI-states corresponding to the 8 fields with a value of 1 are the 8 TCI-states corresponding to the 8 values of the TCI field in the DCI. For example, the minimum value of 000 in the TCI field corresponds to the TCI-state with the smallest active index in the MAC CE, and so on, one to one correspondence.
- the network device indicates a specific TCI-state through the TCI field in the DCI.
- the value of the TCI field in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device is 000, which represents the TCI-state corresponding to 000 used by the data transmission beam.
- the referenceSignal contained in the QCL-Info whose type is typeD in the TCI-state is the CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal) with index #1, indicating that the beam and the reference signal used for data transmission
- the beams corresponding to the CSI-RS with index #1 have the same receiving beam.
- the receiving beam corresponding to the CSI-RS with index #1 can be determined through a beam measurement procedure, which is known to the terminal device. Therefore, through the specific value of the TCI field, the terminal device can determine the receiving beam corresponding to the data transmission beam, and thus adopt the corresponding receiving beam to receive data.
- the time domain symbols in the embodiments of the present application refer to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal frequency divided multiplexing, OFDM) symbols.
- the time domain symbols can also be replaced with time units such as time slots and subframes.
- shifting backward by X time domain symbols or shifting forward by Y time domain symbols means that the X or Y time domain symbols are shifted under normal circumstances. If the X time domain symbols or the Y time domain symbols offset are uplink time domain symbols, the offset continues until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered. For example, if the upstream time-domain symbol is offset by X time-domain symbols backward, the offset continues until the first downstream time-domain symbol is encountered. For example, after Y time-domain symbols are shifted forward, it is The uplink time domain symbol continues to shift forward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered.
- N times of PDSCH transmission in the embodiment of the present application correspond to the same or different RVs corresponding to the same data, for example, the same RV or different RVs among multiple RVs generated by encoding the same transport block (TB). N times of PDSCH transmission can also correspond to different TBs generated by the same data.
- the M PDCCH repeated transmissions in the embodiment of this application carry the transmission parameters of the N PDSCH transmissions.
- the content carried in the M PDCCH repeated transmissions is the same, which is the first PDSCH transmission of the N PDSCH transmissions.
- Parameters for example, specific time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and modulation and coding schemes, etc.
- the physical downlink shared channel transmission method of the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to a PDSCH fast transmission scenario, that is, a scenario where the transmission time of the PDSCH and the transmission time interval of the corresponding PDCCH are less than a preset threshold.
- the time corresponding to the preset threshold value is the time required for the terminal device to complete the PDCCH reception and switch to the PDSCH receiving beam.
- the preset threshold value can be reported to the network device through the terminal device. In some scenarios, The preset threshold value may be timeDurationForQCL.
- the transmission time of the PDSCH and the transmission time interval of the corresponding PDCCH may be the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the first PDCCH transmission or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission.
- the physical downlink shared channel transmission method in the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to scenarios where the transmission time of the PDSCH and the transmission time interval of the corresponding PDCCH are greater than the preset threshold.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission mentioned in the embodiment of this application means that when the value of i is different, the determined first time-domain range is different, and the i-th PDSCH transmission is different from the i-th PDSCH transmission.
- PDSCH transmission corresponds to transmission in the first time domain range, where the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission refers to the time domain resource actually used in the i-th PDSCH transmission, and the first time domain resource may be the first time domain resource.
- a complete set or subset of a time domain range it can be understood that the first time domain range is different, of course the determined first time domain resources are also different, that is, when the value of i is different, the determined first time domain resource It is also different.
- FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applying an embodiment of the present application.
- the network architecture shown in FIG. 2 includes network devices and terminal devices, where the number of network devices may be one or more, and the number of terminal devices may be one or more.
- the wireless communication systems may include but are not limited to long term evolution (LTE) systems, NR systems, future communication systems, etc., such as Future network or sixth-generation communication system, etc.
- LTE long term evolution
- NR NR
- future communication systems etc.
- Future network or sixth-generation communication system etc.
- FIG. 2 the number and form of the devices shown in FIG. 2 are used as examples, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
- the actual application may include two or more network devices.
- a network device is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide a wireless communication function for terminal devices.
- the network equipment may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, and so on.
- the names of network devices may be different, such as GSM (Global System for Mobile Communication) or CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access, Code Division Multiple Access) networks BTS (Base Transceiver Station), NB (NodeB) in WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), eNB or eNodeB in LTE (Long Term Evolution) Evolutional NodeB).
- the network device may also be a wireless controller in a CRAN (Cloud Radio Access Network) scenario.
- CRAN Cloud Radio Access Network
- the network device may also be a base station device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network.
- the network device can also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device.
- the network device may also be a transmission and reception point (Transmission and Reception Point, TRP).
- TRP Transmission and Reception Point
- Network equipment can also refer to a general term for all equipment on the network side. For example, when multiple TRPs are used to transmit data to a terminal device, the multiple TRPs are collectively referred to as network equipment.
- the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed In the air (for example, on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.).
- the terminal equipment may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, in-vehicle terminal equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety (transportation) Wireless terminals in safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, wearable terminal devices, and so on.
- the embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios.
- Terminal equipment can sometimes also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile Equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc.
- the terminal device can also be fixed or mobile.
- the network device will use a specific transmission beam to send PDSCH to the terminal device on a specific time-frequency resource. Only when the terminal device knows the specific transmission beam and the specific time-frequency resource, will it adopt the correct reception beam (that is, the same as the transmission beam). Corresponding receiving beam) and receive the PDSCH sent by the network device on a specific time-frequency resource.
- the related information of the transmission beam can be indicated through the TCI (Transmission Configuration Indication) field in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) of the PDCCH.
- the size of the TCI field is 3 bits, which can specifically represent 8 different values (codepoint).
- Each value of the TCI field corresponds to a TCI-state index, and the TCI-state index can uniquely identify a TCI-state.
- the TCI-state includes several parameters, through which the relevant information of the transmission beam can be determined.
- the TCI-state includes a reference signal resource, which is used to indicate the information of the transmission beam (the reference signal resource has a corresponding relationship with the beam), and the specific time-frequency resource can also be indicated by the DCI in the PDCCH.
- the terminal device must complete the decoding of the PDCCH and obtain the transmission parameters of the PDSCH before the network device can send the PDSCH. Otherwise, the terminal device cannot accurately receive the PDSCH sent by the network device. This method will cause data The transmission delay is relatively large.
- each TCI-state can correspond to one beam, and optionally, multiple beams of the same TRP can be used to repeatedly transmit PDSCH.
- one TCI-state can also correspond to one TRP, that is, multiple TRPs are used to repeatedly transmit PDSCH, and each TRP uses one beam.
- one of the two TCI-states (TCI-state#1 and TCI-state#2) is used to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH to improve the reliability of data transmission.
- PDSCH#1 and PDSCH#2 are repeated transmissions of the same data, for example, PDSCH#1 and PDSCH#2 carry the same or different RVs of the same data.
- the relevant parameters of each PDSCH transmission can be determined, such as the TCI-state corresponding to each PDSCH transmission, and the time-frequency resource location.
- the network device does not need to wait until the terminal device parses the PDCCH to obtain the time-frequency resource location of the PDSCH and the adopted TCI-state before sending the PDSCH, but can send the PDSCH in the terminal device Before analyzing the PDCCH to obtain the transmission parameters of the PDSCH, the PDSCH can be sent.
- the terminal can determine the time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission according to the time-frequency resource location information of the PDCCH.
- the TCI-state used in each PDSCH transmission can be the same as the TCI-state used in each PDCCH transmission. The state is the same.
- the terminal device can use the TCI-state corresponding to each PDSCH transmission to buffer the signals in the time domain corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. After subsequent analysis of the PDCCH, the specific time-frequency resources of each PDSCH transmission are obtained. Then, the signals on the specific time-frequency resources are combined and decoded to obtain each PDSCH transmission.
- the physical downlink shared channel transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail below.
- the names of the information exchanged between the network device and the terminal device are used as examples, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
- FIG. 3 is a schematic flowchart of a physical downlink shared channel transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application.
- the method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
- Step S301 The network device uses the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission, where the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission Or a full set, the first time domain range is determined by time domain resource information of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), the PDCCH is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the i-th PDSCH is N repetitions For one transmission in transmission, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- PDSCH physical downlink shared channel
- Step S302 The terminal device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the time domain resource information of the PDCCH;
- the PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted N times, and the i-th PDSCH transmission may be one of the N repeated transmissions, where the PDSCH of the N repeated transmissions is the same or different redundancy version (Redundant version, RV) corresponding to the same data.
- RV redundancy version
- the network device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the time-domain resource information of the PDCCH, and schedules the i-th PDSCH transmission to be transmitted within the determined first time domain range.
- the determined first time domain range is different, that is, a value of i corresponds to a first time domain range.
- the terminal device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the time domain resource information of the PDCCH, further receives the signal in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, and buffers the first time domain range. Signal in the time domain. It can be understood that the manner in which the terminal device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is the same as the manner in which the network device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission.
- the time-domain resource information of the PDCCH on which it is based is different.
- the network device may directly or indirectly indicate the time-domain resource of each PDCCH transmission in advance. To the terminal equipment.
- FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 The following two transmission scenarios are shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 to respectively illustrate the determination of the first time domain range where the i-th PDSCH transmission is located according to the time domain resource information of the PDCCH.
- both PDSCH and PDCCH can be repeatedly transmitted.
- the number of repeated transmissions of PDSCH is N and the number of repeated transmissions of PDCCH Is M, where M can be equal to N, or M can be greater than N, or M can be less than N, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the i-th PDSCH transmission and the i-th PDCCH transmission can be paired for transmission, that is, one PDSCH transmission corresponds to one PDCCH transmission.
- the number of repeated PDCCH transmissions M is greater than the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions N
- subsequent M-N PDCCH transmissions can be transmitted separately
- the number of PDCCH repeated transmissions M is less than the number of PDSCH repeated transmissions N
- the subsequent N-M PDSCH transmissions can be transmitted separately.
- the above M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH may use K TCI-states for transmission, where the value of K may be less than M, or the value of K may be equal to M, or the value of K may be greater than M. If the value of K is less than M, the K TCI-states can be used for repeated PDCCH transmissions for M times. If the value of K is equal to M, then K TCI-states correspond to M PDCCH repeated transmissions one-to-one. If the value is greater than M, M TCI-states can be selected from K TCI-states for M PDCCH repeated transmissions, for example, the first K or the last K are selected.
- the DCI signaling indicated to the terminal equipment may also be indirectly determined through other configuration parameters.
- K TCI-states are K TCI-states activated by a Control Resource Set (CORESET) corresponding to PDCCH, that is, one CORESET can activate K TCI-states, or K TCI-states are The number of K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the PDCCH, that is, one control resource set activates one activated TCI-state.
- CORESET Control Resource Set
- the value of K may also be the number of blind space (for example, searchSpace) associated with CORESET corresponding to the PDCCH.
- the value of K may also be the number of listening opportunities (e.g., monitor occasion) included in the blind detection space (e.g., searchSpace) associated with the CORESET corresponding to the PDCCH.
- the value of K may also be the number of CORESETs associated with the blind space (for example, searchSpace) corresponding to the PDCCH.
- the K TCI-states may also be instructed by the network device to perform PDCCH repeated transmission to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
- the value of M can be determined using the above-mentioned method of determining the value of K. In addition, it can also be calculated by the value of K.
- M is equal to K, or M is equal to an integer multiple of K, or M is equal to K plus a positive integer or minus a positive integer, etc.
- the value of N can be determined using the above-mentioned method of determining the value of K.
- it can also be calculated by the value of K or M.
- N is equal to M, or N is equal to an integer multiple of M, or N is equal to M plus a positive integer or minus a positive integer, etc.
- N is equal to K, or N is equal to an integer multiple of K, or N is equal to K plus a positive integer or minus a positive integer.
- the above-mentioned M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH use K TCI-states for transmission, including but not limited to the following optional methods:
- M is equal to K
- one of the above K TCI-states is used to perform one PDCCH transmission; that is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the number of repeated transmissions of the PDCCH and the TCI-state.
- M is greater than K
- the following two optional methods can be used to perform each PDCCH transmission.
- the first optional method uses a polling method to sequentially traverse each TCI-state in a specific order to perform each PDCCH transmission. Specifically, the first TCI-state is used for the first transmission, the second TCI-state is used for the second transmission, and so on, the Kth TCI-state is used for the Kth transmission. After more than K transmissions, the TCI-state sequence used in the previous K transmissions is used again, and each TCI-state is sequentially traversed for transmission, that is, the K+1 transmission uses the first TCI-state, and the K+2 transmission Use the second TCI-state, and so on.
- the i-th TCI-state in this method may refer to the i-th largest or i-th smallest TCI-state in the K TCI-states, that is, to traverse each TCI-state in sequence in the order of the size of the TCI-state index, or It may also be that each TCI-state is sequentially traversed according to the order of the K TCI-states in the configuration information.
- the RRC signaling configures K TCI-states for repeated PDCCH transmission.
- each TCI-state may be traversed in sequence according to the order of the K TCI-states in the activation signaling MAC-CE.
- each TCI-state can also be traversed in order according to the size order of the K CORESET indexes corresponding to the K TCI-states.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the first PDSCH transmission and the first PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state
- the second PDSCH transmission and the second PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state, and so on.
- the next N-M transmissions can sequentially traverse the TCI-states of the previous M transmissions to perform transmissions respectively.
- the repeated transmission of PDCCH uses three TCI-states.
- the three TCI-states are (TCI-state#1, TCI-state#). 2. TCI-state#3), then the first 3 repeated PDSCH transmissions use TCI-state#1, TCI-state#2 and TCI-state#3 respectively, and the next two PDSCH transmissions use TCI-state#1 and TCI respectively -state#2.
- the two TCI-states are (TCI-state#1, TCI-state #2), then the first 3 repeated PDSCH transmissions use TCI-state#1, TCI-state#2 and TCI-state#1, and the next two PDSCH transmissions can use TCI-state#1 and TCI-state#2, Alternatively, it may also be TCI-state#2 and TCI-state#1, that is, K TCI-states of the TCI-state are cyclically used sequentially, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the two TCI-states are TCI-state#1 and TCI-state#2, and the two TCI-states are used.
- each TCI-state corresponds to 3 PDCCH repeated transmissions, then the first 3 PDCCH transmissions use TCI-state#1, the next 3 PDCCH transmissions use TCI-state#2, and 6 PDCCH transmissions
- TCI-state#1 corresponds to 3 PDCCH repeated transmissions
- TCI-state#2 corresponds to 2 PDCCH repeated transmissions, that is, the first 3 PDCCH transmissions use TCI-state#1, the next 2 PDCCH transmissions use TCI-state#2, and the 5 PDCCH transmissions use TCI-state in order ⁇ #1,#1,# 1,#2,#2 ⁇ .
- TCI-state#1 corresponds to 2 PDCCH repeated transmissions
- TCI-state#2 corresponds to 3 PDCCH repeated transmissions, that is, the first 2 PDCCH transmissions use TCI-state#1
- the next 3 PDCCH transmissions use TCI- State#2
- the TCI-states used for 5 PDCCH transmissions are ⁇ #1, #1, #2, #2, #2 ⁇ in order, which is not limited in the embodiment of this application.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
- the first PDSCH transmission and the first PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state
- the second PDSCH transmission and the second PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state, and so on.
- M may be equal to N. Or, when M is less than N, that is, when the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH N is greater than the number of repeated transmissions of the PDCCH, the next N-M transmissions can also sequentially traverse the TCI-states of the previous M transmissions for transmission.
- the transmission parameters of the aforementioned PDCCH transmissions and PDSCH transmissions can also be It is determined by other methods, for example, RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information is used to indicate.
- the network device transmits the PDSCH, and the network device can transmit the time domain resource information according to the i-th PDCCH transmission And/or the time domain resource information of the i+1th PDCCH transmission to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the ith PDSCH transmission, where the i+1th PDCCH transmission is the next transmission of the ith PDCCH transmission.
- the network device schedules the i-th PDSCH transmission to be transmitted within the determined first time domain range.
- the frequency domain range in which the i-th PDSCH transmission is located may also be limited.
- the frequency domain range may be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth part (Bandwidth part, BWP), or it may be a frequency domain resource configured to the terminal.
- the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth of the cell may also be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the bandwidth of all the cells configured for the terminal device, and the network device schedules the i-th PDSCH transmission to be transmitted in the frequency domain range.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol.
- the first time domain range may also be determined by the start time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range; or, the first time domain range may also be included by the end time domain symbol and the first time domain range The number of time domain symbols is determined.
- the first time domain range may also be determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
- the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the first time-domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission, or the first time-domain symbol corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission.
- the starting time domain symbol of a time domain range may be the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission, or the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be The first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th PDCCH is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may correspond to the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i+1th PDCCH transmission shifted forward by Y time-domain symbols
- the symbol of Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the number of offset time-domain symbols Y can be specified by the protocol by default, or can be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information, or it can be reported to the network device by the terminal device, for example Reported to the network device through the terminal capability reporting process.
- the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is a time-domain symbol before the first time-domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i+1th PDCCH transmission, that is The time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission cannot overlap with the time domain resources of the next PDCCH transmission.
- Y is greater than 1, there is a certain symbol interval between the time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission and the time domain resource of the i+1th PDCCH transmission. For example, if the first time domain symbol of the i+1th PDCCH transmission is symbol 10, and the last time domain symbol of the time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is symbol 8, the symbol interval is 1 symbol.
- the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range may be specified by the protocol by default, or indicated to the terminal device by the network device, for example, indicated to the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information, or the terminal device Reported to the network device, for example, reported to the network device through the terminal capability reporting process, or determined according to the start symbol and the end symbol of the first time domain range.
- the time domain range corresponding to the transmission and the number of time domain symbols included in the time domain range corresponding to the third PDSCH transmission may both be 3 time domain symbols.
- the start time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols are used to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, if the determined cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range exceeds a specific symbol threshold If the number of the cut-off time domain symbol is greater than the number of the symbol threshold, the symbol threshold is used as the cut-off time domain symbol, and the first time domain range is re-determined together with the above-mentioned start time domain symbol.
- the symbol threshold may be the symbol corresponding to the time domain symbol shifted forward by Y (Y greater than or equal to 1) time domain symbols of the starting time domain symbol of the i+1th PDCCH transmission.
- the above symbol threshold refers to the i+th symbol threshold.
- the symbol threshold is used as The start time domain symbol, together with the above end time domain symbol, redefine the first time domain range.
- the above method uses the time domain resources of the i-th PDCCH transmission and the i+1-th PDCCH transmission to determine the first time-domain range of the i-th PDSCH transmission, if there is an i-th PDCCH transmission, there is no i+1-th PDCCH transmission.
- the second PDCCH transmission that is, the number of PDCCH transmissions is equal to i. If the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol, since there is no i+1th PDCCH transmission, Therefore, it is impossible to determine the cutoff time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission through the i+1th PDCCH transmission.
- the first time domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be used
- the starting time domain symbol of the range and the number of time domain symbols included are determined, where the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission can be determined by a previous PDSCH transmission (for example, the first PDSCH transmission).
- the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range of the second PDSCH transmission is determined.
- the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission is equal, when the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission is determined, then The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission can be determined.
- the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range of each subsequent PDSCH transmission can be determined according to the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, and the number of subsequent PDSCH transmissions can be determined.
- the first time domain range corresponding to PDSCH transmission is equal, when the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission is determined, then The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission can be determined.
- the first time domain range of the first PDSCH transmission is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol.
- the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range of the first PDSCH transmission can be determined.
- the first time domain corresponding to each subsequent PDSCH transmission can be determined according to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range of this PDSCH transmission, and the start time domain symbol or the end time domain symbol range.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission can be determined by the first time domain range corresponding to a previous PDSCH transmission.
- the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is equal to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range corresponding to the previous PDSCH transmission.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the next time domain symbol of the end time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission, or may be It is the first downlink time domain symbol after the cutoff time domain symbol of the i-1th PDSCH transmission, or it can be the start time domain symbol or the cutoff time domain symbol of the i-1th PDSCH transmission shifted backward by X
- the symbol after the time domain symbol, X can be greater than or equal to 1, or it can be the first time domain symbol, or the fourth time domain symbol, or the first time domain symbol of the next time slot of the i-1th PDSCH transmission time slot.
- the uplink time domain symbol may be ignored in actual transmission.
- the first time domain range includes 4 time domain symbols, including one uplink time domain symbol and three downlink time domain symbols. Then, when the PDSCH is actually transmitted, it will be transmitted on these three downlink time domain symbols. Or, if the uplink time domain symbols are included in the determined first time domain symbol range, this transmission is ignored in actual transmission.
- the first time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission in the four PDSCH transmissions is determined.
- the PDSCH is not transmitted in the first time domain range, that is, the PDSCH transmission is abandoned. Or, when determining the first time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission, if an uplink time domain symbol is encountered, the uplink time domain symbol is skipped. For example, when the first time domain range is determined according to the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range, if an uplink time domain symbol is encountered, the uplink time domain symbol is skipped to ensure the first time domain range The number of included downlink time domain symbols is equal to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
- FIG. 6 another schematic diagram of PDCCH and PDSCH transmission provided in this embodiment of the application.
- PDSCH and PDCCH are transmitted separately, that is, PDCCH transmission is performed first, and after PDCCH transmission is completed, PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted.
- the PDCCH can be transmitted once, or can be repeated transmission.
- the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions is N
- the number of PDCCH transmissions is M
- M can be equal to N, or M can be greater than N, or M can be less than N, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the above M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH may use K TCI-states for transmission, where the value of K may be less than M, or the value of K may be equal to M, or the value of K may be greater than M. If the value of K is less than M, the K TCI-states can be used for repeated PDCCH transmissions for M times. If the value of K is equal to M, then K TCI-states correspond to M PDCCH repeated transmissions one-to-one. If the value is greater than M, M TCI-states can be selected from K TCI-states for M PDCCH repeated transmissions.
- the TCI-state used in the i-th PDSCH transmission and the TCI-state used in the i-th PDCCH transmission may also be the same. If the number of repeated PDCCH transmissions M is less than the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions N, N-M PDSCH transmissions can also traverse the TCI-state used for the previous M transmissions. For details, please refer to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
- the network device can be based on the M-th PDCCH time Domain resource information to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, where the M-th PDCCH transmission is the last of the M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH. If M is equal to 1 (that is, the PDCCH is not repeatedly transmitted), then The first PDSCH determines the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission according to the time domain resource information of the one PDCCH.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the other i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined according to the first time domain range corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission, where i is an integer greater than 1, such as the second PDSCH transmission
- the transmission is determined according to the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission
- the third PDSCH transmission is determined according to the first time domain range corresponding to the second PDSCH transmission, and so on.
- the frequency domain range in which the N PDSCH transmissions are located may also be limited.
- the frequency domain range may be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth part (Bandwidth part, BWP), or it may be a cell configured to the terminal
- the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth of may also be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the bandwidth of all cells configured for the terminal equipment, and the network equipment schedules N PDSCH transmissions to be transmitted in this frequency domain.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may be determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
- the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission can also be determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range and the end time domain symbol of the first time domain range, for example, the location of the start time domain symbol is used.
- the last time domain symbol or the last downlink time domain symbol of the time slot is used as the cut-off time domain symbol.
- the first time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may be the first time domain symbol of the Mth PDCCH transmission or the last time domain symbol offset backward
- the foregoing value of X may be a default value specified by the protocol, or a value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may also be the first time domain symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is located, or the fourth time domain symbol. Domain symbol. If the first time domain symbol is an uplink symbol, continue to shift backward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered, or shift forward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered. If the fourth time domain symbol is an uplink time domain symbol, continue to shift backward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered, or shift forward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered. It is understandable that the first time domain symbol and the fourth time domain symbol of the above next time slot are only examples, and they can also be other time domain symbols of the next time slot, such as the second, third, etc. , The embodiments of this application are not limited.
- the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the last time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission plus a fixed interval The time domain symbol after the.
- the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission subsection may be equal.
- the specific value can be the default value specified by the protocol, or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
- PDCCH and PDSCH transmission modes in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 are only examples, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. PDCCH and PDSCH transmission may also be other transmission modes.
- the terminal device receives a downlink signal or downlink channel within the first time domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, the TCI-state used by the downlink signal or downlink channel is the same as the i-th time determined by the above method.
- the terminal device abandons the i-th PDSCH reception.
- the terminal device receives a downlink signal or downlink channel within the first time domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission
- the TCI-state used by the downlink signal or downlink channel is the same as the i-th PDSCH transmission determined by the above method.
- the terminal device abandons each PDSCH reception.
- the network equipment adopts the TCI-state corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, and transmits the i-th PDSCH transmission in the first time domain and the first frequency domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, where the i-th PDSCH transmission It may be transmitted on the first time domain resource in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, and the first frequency domain resource where the i-th PDSCH transmission is located may be the sub-indicator in the first frequency domain range. Collection or complete works. Wherein, the first time domain resource may be a complete set or a subset of the first time domain range. For the determination method of the first time domain resource, reference may be made to the description of step S303, which will not be repeated here.
- the value of i is different, the first time domain range is different, correspondingly, the first time domain resource is also different, a value of i corresponds to a first time domain range, and a first time domain range is Including a first time domain resource.
- Step S303 The terminal device receives the content corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the terminal device determines the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission from the first time domain range, and obtains the content corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission from the first time domain resource.
- a time domain resource is a subset or a complete set of the first time domain range.
- the network device may not use the PDCCH to indicate the time domain resource allocation of the PDSCH transmitted repeatedly.
- the time domain resource allocation field in the PDCCH can be omitted.
- the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the first time domain resource.
- the number of time-domain symbols included is determined. Among them, a variety of different ways can be used to define the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource.
- the two PDCCH and PDSCH transmission schematic diagrams of FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 are used as examples for illustration. Wherein, the foregoing regarding the first time domain resource being the complete set of the first time domain range is still applicable to the embodiments of FIG. 5 and FIG. 6.
- the determined start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is used as the start time domain of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission Symbol.
- the network device may not indicate the start time domain symbol of PDSCH transmission through the PDCCH, but only indicate the number of time domain symbols for PDSCH transmission.
- the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols used in the first PDSCH transmission (that is, the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission), and the protocol specifies the first time corresponding to each PDSCH transmission.
- the number of time domain symbols contained in the domain resources are all equal, so that the terminal device can obtain the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. It is understandable that the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission may also be different, for example, it may be the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. An integer multiple of, or the number of time-domain symbols contained in the first time-domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission plus an integer. The integer can be the default value specified by the protocol, or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may be determined by the downlink control information carried in the PDCCH.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the other i-th (i greater than 1) PDSCH transmission can be determined by the first symbol interval and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission.
- the symbol interval is the symbol interval between the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the first PDCCH transmission, that is, the first symbol interval is regarded as the first symbol interval.
- the symbol interval between the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to i (i>1) times of PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission For example, if the symbol interval between the start time domain symbol interval of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource of the first PDCCH transmission is 2, then the subsequent i( i>1) The symbol interval between the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the second PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission is also 2, so that it can be based on the The starting time domain symbol and symbol interval 2 of the time domain resource for the i-th PDCCH transmission determine the starting time domain symbol of the first time-domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission.
- the second symbol interval is the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and The symbol interval between the cut-off time domain symbols of the time domain resource for the first PDCCH transmission, that is, the second symbol interval is used as the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission and The symbol interval between the cut-off time domain symbols of the time domain resource for the i-th PDCCH transmission.
- the second symbol interval can reflect the symbol interval of the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission after the end time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission.
- the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols of the time domain resource where the PDSCH is located. For example, it can indicate the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. For details, please refer to the first option. The selected implementation mode will not be repeated here.
- the PDCCH may be used to indicate the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the number of time domain symbols included.
- the terminal device calculates the starting time domain symbols used by the first time domain resources corresponding to each of the remaining PDSCH transmissions and the number of time domain symbols included.
- the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the next one after the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission
- the time domain symbol, or the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission or
- the cut-off time domain symbol is shifted backward by X time domain symbols corresponding to the time domain symbol.
- the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is equal to the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission.
- the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols of the time domain resource where the PDSCH is located. For example, it can indicate the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. For details, please refer to the first option. The selected implementation mode will not be repeated here.
- the following describes how to determine several optional implementation manners of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission (if the first time domain resource is the first time domain resource).
- the first time domain resource is the first time domain resource.
- the following optional implementation manners mainly describe how to determine the first time domain resource when the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range):
- the determined start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is used as the start time domain of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission symbol.
- the network device may not indicate the starting time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the PDSCH transmission through the PDCCH, but may indicate the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource corresponding to the PDSCH transmission.
- the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission
- the protocol may stipulate that the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission are equal, so The terminal device can then obtain the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission.
- the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission may also be different, for example, it may be an integer of the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. Or the number of time-domain symbols contained in the first time-domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission plus an integer.
- the integer can be the default value specified by the protocol, or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
- the PDCCH is used to indicate the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the number of time domain symbols included.
- the terminal device calculates the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to each remaining PDSCH transmission and the number of time domain symbols contained therein. For example, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the next time after the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission.
- Domain symbol or the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the start time domain symbol or end of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission
- the time domain symbol is a time domain symbol that is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
- the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission may be the same or different.
- the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined from the frequency domain resource allocation field in the PDCCH.
- the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is a subset or a full set of the determined first frequency domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission.
- the i-th PDSCH transmission can be received from the time-frequency resource determined by the first time domain resource and the first frequency domain resource Content.
- the transmission parameters used in the i-th PDSCH transmission can be obtained from the PDCCH, and the time-frequency resources, modulation and coding schemes, etc. actually used in each PDSCH transmission can be determined, and then the time actually used in each PDSCH transmission can be determined according to the transmission parameters.
- the signal on the frequency resource is demodulated and decoded to obtain the data carried by each PDSCH.
- the same or different RV versions of the same data are transmitted on each PDSCH.
- the terminal device can combine and decode these RV versions to complete high-reliability data transmission.
- an embodiment of the present application also provides a corresponding communication device, and the communication device includes a corresponding module for executing the foregoing embodiment.
- the module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
- the communication device 700 shown in FIG. 7 may include a transceiving unit 701 and a processing unit 702.
- the transceiving unit 701 may include a transmitting unit and a receiving unit.
- the transmitting unit is used to implement a transmitting function
- the receiving unit is used to implement a receiving function
- the transmitting and receiving unit 701 may implement a transmitting function and/or a receiving function.
- the transceiver unit can also be described as a communication unit.
- the communication device 700 may be a terminal device, a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device.
- the processing unit 702 is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule all For the physical downlink shared channel, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the i is greater than or An integer equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
- the transceiver unit 701 is configured to receive content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
- the communication device 700 may also be a network device, a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with the network device.
- the transceiver unit 701 is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource is the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the first time domain range is determined by time domain resource information of a physical downlink control channel
- the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel
- the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission It is one transmission in N repeated transmissions, and the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
- FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device.
- the communication device 800 may be a network device, a terminal device, a chip, a chip system, or a processor that supports the network device to implement the above method, or a chip or a chip system that supports the terminal device to implement the above method. , Or processor, etc.
- the device can be used to implement the method described in the foregoing method embodiment, and for details, please refer to the description in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the communication device 800 may include one or more processors 801.
- the processor 801 may be a general-purpose processor or a special-purpose processor. For example, it can be a baseband processor or a central processing unit.
- the baseband processor can be used to process communication protocols and communication data
- the central processor can be used to control communication devices (such as base stations, baseband chips, terminals, terminal chips, DU or CU, etc.), execute software programs, and process The data of the software program.
- the communication device 800 may include one or more memories 802, on which computer programs or instructions 804 may be stored, and the instructions may be executed on the processor 801, so that the device 800 can execute The method described in the above method embodiment.
- the memory 802 may also store data.
- the processor 801 and the memory 802 can be provided separately or integrated together.
- the communication device 800 may further include a transceiver 805 and an antenna 806.
- the transceiver 805 may be called a transceiver unit, a transceiver, or a transceiver circuit, etc., for implementing the transceiver function.
- the transceiver 805 may include a receiver and a transmitter.
- the receiver may be referred to as a receiver or a receiving circuit, etc., for implementing the receiving function;
- the transmitter may be referred to as a transmitter or a transmitting circuit, etc., for implementing the transmitting function.
- the communication device 800 is a terminal device: the processor 801 is configured to execute step 302 in FIG. 3.
- the transceiver 805 is used to perform step 303 in FIG. 3.
- the communication device 800 is a network device: the transceiver 805 is used to perform step 301 in FIG. 3.
- the processor 801 may include or be connected to a transceiver for implementing receiving and sending functions.
- the transceiver may be a transceiver circuit, or an interface, or an interface circuit.
- the transceiver circuits, interfaces, or interface circuits used to implement the receiving and transmitting functions can be separated or integrated.
- the foregoing transceiver circuit, interface, or interface circuit may be used for code/data reading and writing, or the foregoing transceiver circuit, interface, or interface circuit may be used for signal transmission or transmission.
- the processor 801 may store a computer program or instruction 803, and the computer program or instruction 803 runs on the processor 801 to enable the device 800 to execute the method described in the foregoing method embodiment.
- the computer program or instruction 803 may be solidified in the processor 801.
- the processor 801 may be implemented by hardware.
- the communication device 800 may include a circuit, and the circuit may implement the sending or receiving or communication functions in the foregoing method embodiments.
- the processor and transceiver described in this application can be implemented in integrated circuit (IC), analog IC, radio frequency integrated circuit RFIC, mixed signal IC, application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), printed circuit board ( printed circuit board, PCB), electronic equipment, etc.
- the processor and transceiver can also be manufactured using various IC process technologies, such as complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS), nMetal-oxide-semiconductor (NMOS), and P-type Metal oxide semiconductor (positive channel metal oxide semiconductor, PMOS), bipolar junction transistor (BJT), bipolar CMOS (BiCMOS), silicon germanium (SiGe), gallium arsenide (GaAs), etc.
- CMOS complementary metal oxide semiconductor
- NMOS nMetal-oxide-semiconductor
- PMOS bipolar junction transistor
- BiCMOS bipolar CMOS
- SiGe silicon germanium
- GaAs gallium arsenide
- the communication device described in the above embodiment may be a network device or a terminal device, but the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to this, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 8.
- the communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device.
- the communication device may be:
- the set of ICs may also include storage components for storing data and instructions;
- ASIC such as modem (MSM)
- the communication device can be a chip or a chip system
- the chip 900 shown in FIG. 9 includes a processor 901 and an interface 902.
- the number of processors 901 may be one or more, and the number of interfaces 902 may be more than one.
- the interface 902 is used to receive a signal in the first time domain corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
- the processor 901 is configured to process the signal in the first time domain range, for example, determine the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and process the signal on the first time domain resource to obtain The i-th physical downlink shared channel transmits the corresponding content.
- the interface 902 is also used to output uplink information or uplink signals.
- the chip further includes a memory 903, and the memory 903 is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the terminal device.
- the interface 902 is used to use the first time domain resource for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource is the i-th physical downlink shared channel
- the corresponding subset or full set of the first time domain range is transmitted.
- the processor 901 is configured to determine the first time domain range where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is located according to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel.
- the chip further includes a memory 903, and the memory 903 is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the network device.
- FIG. 10 provides a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device.
- the terminal device 1000 includes a processor, a memory, a control circuit, an antenna, and an input and output device.
- the processor is mainly used to process the communication protocol and communication data, and to control the entire terminal, execute the software program, and process the data of the software program.
- the memory is mainly used to store software programs and data.
- the control circuit may include a radio frequency circuit, and the radio frequency circuit is mainly used for conversion of a baseband signal and a radio frequency signal and processing of the radio frequency signal.
- the antenna is mainly used to send and receive radio frequency signals in the form of electromagnetic waves.
- Input and output devices such as touch screens, display screens, keyboards, etc., are mainly used to receive data input by users and output data to users.
- the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, parse and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program.
- the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit.
- the radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal to obtain a radio frequency signal and sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna.
- the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, the radio frequency signal is further converted into a baseband signal, and the baseband signal is output to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
- FIG. 10 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories.
- the memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
- the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit.
- the baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data.
- the central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device and execute Software program, processing the data of the software program.
- the processor in FIG. 10 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit.
- the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus.
- the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses.
- the baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip.
- the central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip.
- the function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
- the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed by a computer, the function of any of the foregoing method embodiments is realized.
- This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, realizes the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
- the computer may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof.
- software it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part.
- the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
- the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices.
- the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
- the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center.
- the computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media.
- the usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
- the corresponding relationships shown in the tables in this application can be configured or pre-defined.
- the value of the information in each table is only an example, and can be configured to other values, which is not limited in this application.
- the corresponding relationship shown in some rows may not be configured.
- appropriate deformation adjustments can be made based on the above table, such as splitting, merging, and so on.
- the names of the parameters shown in the titles in the above tables may also adopt other names that can be understood by the communication device, and the values or expressions of the parameters may also be other values or expressions that can be understood by the communication device.
- other data structures can also be used, such as arrays, queues, containers, stacks, linear tables, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables, or hash tables. Wait.
- the pre-definition in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, curing, or pre-fired.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
Abstract
Description
本申请涉及通信技术领域,具体涉及一种物理下行共享信道传输方法及通信装置。This application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device.
为了满足高可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications,URLLC)要求,提高数据传输的可靠性,可以分时重复传输同一数据,即分时重复传输同一数据对应的物理下行共享信道(Physical Downlink Share Channel,PDSCH)。终端设备在接收该PDSCH时,需要确定PDSCH传输的相关参数,例如各次PDSCH传输对应的时域资源等等,只有终端设备确定了各次PDCSH传输的相关参数后,才能正确接收该PDSCH。现有技术中,每次PDSCH传输的相关参数均是通过物理下行控制信道(Physical Downlink Control Channel,PDCCH)中的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中携带的,即网络设备先传输PDCCH,再传输PDSCH。PDSCH与PDCCH之间要有一定的时间间隔,该时间间隔是用于终端设备接收该PDCCH,然后对PDCCH进行译码,获取DCI中的传输参数(如PDSCH对应的时域资源),然后在相应的时域资源上进行接收。现有技术的方式,每次都需要在终端设备完成对PDCCH译码获取PDSCH的时域资源后,才能发送PDSCH,会给数据传输带来较大时延。In order to meet the requirements of Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications (URLLC) and improve the reliability of data transmission, the same data can be repeatedly transmitted in time, that is, the physical downlink shared channel corresponding to the same data can be repeatedly transmitted in time. Physical Downlink Share Channel, PDSCH). When receiving the PDSCH, the terminal device needs to determine the relevant parameters of the PDSCH transmission, such as the time domain resources corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. Only after the terminal device determines the relevant parameters of each PDCSH transmission, can the PDSCH be correctly received. In the prior art, the relevant parameters of each PDSCH transmission are carried in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) in the Physical Downlink Control Channel (PDCCH), that is, the network device transmits the PDCCH first. Retransmit PDSCH. There must be a certain time interval between PDSCH and PDCCH. This time interval is used for terminal equipment to receive the PDCCH, and then decode the PDCCH to obtain the transmission parameters in the DCI (such as the time domain resources corresponding to the PDSCH), and then use the corresponding To receive on the time domain resource. In the prior art method, each time the terminal device needs to decode the PDCCH to obtain the time domain resources of the PDSCH before sending the PDSCH, which will cause a large delay in data transmission.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供一种物理下行共享信道传输方法及装置,不仅可以提高数据传输的可靠性,还能降低数据传输的时延。The present application provides a physical downlink shared channel transmission method and device, which can not only improve the reliability of data transmission, but also reduce the time delay of data transmission.
第一方面,本申请实施例提供一种物理下行共享信道的传输方法,其中,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行。其中该方法包括:In the first aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). The method includes:
根据物理下行控制控制信道的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,物理下行共享信道重复传输N次,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数。可选的,上述N次重复传输的物理下行共享信道为同一数据对应的相同或者不同冗余版本(Redundant version,RV)。According to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is determined, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Among them, the physical downlink shared channel is repeatedly transmitted N times, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is greater than or equal to 1. , And an integer less than or equal to N. Optionally, the physical downlink shared channel for the above N repeated transmissions is the same or different redundancy version (Redundant version, RV) corresponding to the same data.
根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。According to the first time domain range, the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is received.
对应的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够与终端设备匹配使用的装置。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备的结构中可包括处理单元和收发单元,收发单元用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理单元用于对该过程中信息或消息执行 相应的处理操作;In a possible design, the structure of the terminal device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit. The transceiving unit is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform operations on the information or messages in the process. Corresponding processing operations;
处理单元,用于根据物理下行控制控制信道的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,物理下行共享信道重复传输N次,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数。可选的,上述N次重复传输的物理下行共享信道为同一数据对应的相同或者不同冗余版本(Redundant version,RV)。The processing unit is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Among them, the physical downlink shared channel is repeatedly transmitted N times, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is greater than or equal to 1. , And an integer less than or equal to N. Optionally, the physical downlink shared channel for the above N repeated transmissions is the same or different redundancy version (Redundant version, RV) corresponding to the same data.
收发单元,用于根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The transceiver unit is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
可选的,终端设备还可以包括存储单元,存储单元用于与处理单元和收发单元耦合,其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据,处理单元用于调用存储单元存储的指令和数据,执行相应的操作。Optionally, the terminal device may also include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
可选的,其中,收发单元也可以被称为通信单元,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。上述收发单元还可以按功能划分为接收单元和发送单元,其中,接收单元,用于执行接收操作,发送单元用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a communication unit, and is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. The foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,收发单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器,收发器用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理器用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作,其中,收发器也可以被称为通信接口,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the transceiving unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory. The transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processor is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. Perform corresponding processing operations, where the transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, which is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
一种实施方式中,终端设备包括处理器和收发器;In an implementation manner, the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver;
处理器,用于根据物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,所述物理下行控制信道用于调度所述物理下行共享信道,所述第i次物理下行共享信道传输为所述物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数,所述i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数;The processor is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, where the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel, so The i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, where N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the i is greater than or equal to 1, and less than or equal to An integer of N;
收发器,用于根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The transceiver is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
可选的,上述收发器还可以按功能划分为接收器和发射器,其中,接收器,用于执行接收动作,发射器用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(system on chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需求。本申请实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。The above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip. For example, the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor. Among them, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific requirements of product design. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
通过实施本申请实施例,物理下行共享信道被重复传输N次,可以提高数据传输的可靠性,并且采用本申请实施例可以通过物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,因而可以不用从物理下行控制信道中解析得到物理下行共享信道的具体时域资源后才发送物理共享信道,可以降低数据传输的时延。By implementing the embodiment of this application, the physical downlink shared channel is repeatedly transmitted N times, which can improve the reliability of data transmission, and the embodiment of this application can determine the i-th physical downlink sharing based on the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel The first time domain range corresponding to channel transmission, therefore, the physical shared channel can be sent without analyzing the physical downlink control channel to obtain the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel, which can reduce the time delay of data transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的传输配置指示-状态TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,所述M为大于或者等于2的整数。In a possible design, the transmission configuration indication-state TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission It is one transmission in M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
其中,若物理下行共享信道重复传输的次数N大于M,则可以遍历前M次传输所采用的TCI-state传输后N-M次物理下行共享信道。例如,物理下行共享信道的重复传输次数N=5,物理下行控制信道的重复传输次数M=3,物理下行控制信道的重复传输采用三个TCI-state,该三个TCI-state分别是(TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2,TCI-state#3),那么前3次物理下行共享信道重复传输分别采用TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2和TCI-state#3,后两次物理下行共享信道传输分别采用TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2。或者,若物理下行共享信道的重复传输次数N=5,物理下行控制信道的重复传输次数M=3,物理下行控制信道的重复传输采用两个TCI-state,该两个TCI-state分别是(TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2),那么前3次物理下行共享信道重复传输分别采用TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2和TCI-state#1,后两次物理下行共享信道传输可以采用TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2。Wherein, if the number of repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel N is greater than M, the physical downlink shared channel can be traversed N-M after the TCI-state transmission used in the previous M transmissions. For example, the number of repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel N=5, the number of repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel M=3, and the repeated transmission of the physical downlink control channel adopts three TCI-states. The three TCI-states are respectively (TCI -
通过实施本申请实施例,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输所采用的TCI-state相同,就可以不在PDCCH中携带物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state,终端设备可以采用第i次物理下行控制信道传输所采用的TCI-state接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输,从而减小数据传输时延。By implementing the embodiments of this application, the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, so the PDCCH does not carry the physical downlink shared channel transmission. TCI-state, the terminal device can use the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission to receive the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
在一种可能的设计中,物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的一个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state;或者,In a possible design, the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的K个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state,其中一个控制资源集对应一个激活的TCI-state。The K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
其中,K为大于或者等于1的整数,其中,K可以大于M,即从K个TCI-state选择M个TCI-state进行物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输。或者K可以等于M,即一个TCI-state与一次物理下行控制信道传输对应,或者K可以小于M,则可以重复使用该K个TCI-state进行M次物理下行控制信道传输。Where K is an integer greater than or equal to 1, where K may be greater than M, that is, M TCI-states are selected from K TCI-states to perform M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel. Or K can be equal to M, that is, one TCI-state corresponds to one physical downlink control channel transmission, or K can be less than M, then the K TCI-states can be repeatedly used for M physical downlink control channel transmissions.
通过实施本申请实施例,可以通过物理下行控制信道对应的控制资源集确定K个TCI-state,确定TCI-state的方式简单。By implementing the embodiments of the present application, K TCI-states can be determined through the control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and the method of determining the TCI-state is simple.
在一种可能的设计中,第i次物理下行控制信道传输与第i次物理下行共享信道传输可以是配对一起传输,则可以通过第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定第i次物理下行共享信道对应的第一时域范围。In a possible design, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be paired and transmitted together, and the time domain resource information and/or the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission may be used. The time domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission determines the first time domain range corresponding to the ith physical downlink shared channel.
可选的,可以根据第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,即第一时域范围由起始时域符号和截止时域符号确定,也可以是第一时域范围由起始时域符号、截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定,或者,可以根据第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,即第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,可以根据 第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,即第一时域范围由截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定。Optionally, the first time corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined based on the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and the time-domain resource information of the i+1-th physical downlink control channel transmission. Domain range, that is, the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol, or the first time domain range is the time included by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the first time domain range. The number of domain symbols is determined, or the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined according to the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, that is, the first time domain range starts from the start time. Domain symbols and the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range; alternatively, the first time corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined according to the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission The domain range, that is, the first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
其中,上述第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号,或者,第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号,或者,第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数。偏移的时域符号数X可以是协议默认规定的,也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息指示给终端设备的。Wherein, the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be the first time-domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, or the i-th The starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the second physical downlink shared channel transmission may be the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, or the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission The corresponding starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range may be the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel or the last time domain symbol shifted backward by X time domain symbols The corresponding symbol, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The number of offset time-domain symbols X may be specified by the protocol by default, or may be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI information.
其中,上述第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的截止时域符号可以第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号向前偏移Y个时域符号后对应的符号,Y为大于或者等于1的整数。偏移的时域符号数Y可以是协议默认规定的,也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息指示给终端设备的。Wherein, the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be shifted forward by Y from the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission. For the corresponding symbol after the time domain symbol, Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The number of offset time-domain symbols Y may be specified by the protocol by default, or may be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI information.
上述第一时域范围包含的时域符号数可以是协议默认规定的,或网络设备通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息指示给终端设备的,或终端设备通过能力上报过程上报给网络设备的。The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range may be specified by the protocol by default, or indicated by the network device to the terminal device through RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI information, or the terminal device may report to the network through the capability reporting process equipment.
可选的,若是通过第一时域范围的起始时域符号、截止时域符号以及第一时域范围包含的时域符号数来联合确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,则可以是若所确定的时域符号数大于从起始时域符号到截止时域符号所对应的符号数时,采用起始时域符号和截止时域符号确定的时域范围来作为第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围。若所确定的时域符号数小于或等于从起始时域符号到截止时域符号所对应的时域符号数时,采用起始时域符号和所确定的时域符号数对应的时域范围来作为第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围。即取更小的时域范围来作为第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的时域范围。Optionally, if the first time corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is jointly determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol of the first time domain range, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range If the number of time domain symbols determined is greater than the number of symbols corresponding to the start time domain symbol to the end time domain symbol, the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol are used to determine the time domain range. As the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission. If the number of time-domain symbols determined is less than or equal to the number of time-domain symbols from the start time-domain symbol to the end time-domain symbol, the time-domain range corresponding to the start time-domain symbol and the determined number of time-domain symbols is used As the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission. That is, a smaller time domain range is used as the time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,N次物理下行共享信道的重复传输可以是在所有物理下行控制信道传输之后,物理下行控制信道可以不重复传输,即传输一次,或者也可以重复传输,重复传输次数为M。In a possible design, N times of repeated transmission of the physical downlink shared channel may be after all the physical downlink control channels are transmitted. The physical downlink control channel may not be repeatedly transmitted, that is, transmit once, or it may be repeated transmission, the number of repeated transmissions. Is M.
第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;The first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
若i等于1,起始时域符号为第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号;或者,为第M次物理下行控制信道传输所在时隙的下一时隙的第一个时域符号或者第四个时域符号,可以理解的是,起始时域符号还可以是下一个时隙的其他时域符号,例如,第二个时域符号,或者第三个时域符号等等。X为大于或者等于1的整数;其中,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次。If i is equal to 1, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the M-th physical downlink control channel, which corresponds to the symbol that is shifted backward by X time domain symbols; Or, it is the first time domain symbol or the fourth time domain symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is located. It can be understood that the starting time domain symbol may also be the next time slot Other time domain symbols of, for example, the second time domain symbol, or the third time domain symbol, etc. X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; wherein, the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel.
或者,or,
若i大于1,起始时域符号为第i-1次物理下行共享信道传输对应的时域范围的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号,向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,所述X为大于或 者等于1的整数。If i is greater than 1, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and it is shifted backward by X time domain symbols Corresponding symbol, the X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
通过实施本申请实施例,通过最后一次传输的物理下行控制信道确定物理下行共享信道传输的时域范围,在完成物理下行控制信道解调译码之前,即可传输物理下行共享信道,在保证数据传输可靠性基础上,减小数据传输时延。By implementing the embodiments of this application, the time domain range of the physical downlink shared channel transmission is determined by the physical downlink control channel of the last transmission. Before the demodulation and decoding of the physical downlink control channel is completed, the physical downlink shared channel can be transmitted. On the basis of transmission reliability, the data transmission delay is reduced.
在一种可能的设计中,根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输,包括:In a possible design, according to the first time domain range, receiving the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
从第一时域范围中确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源,并从第一时域资源上获取第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集或者全集。Determine the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain range, and obtain the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource It is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range.
可选的,若第一时域资源为第一时域范围的全集,则第i次物理下行共享信道传输所采用的具体时域资源即是所确定的时域范围。Optionally, if the first time domain resource is the complete set of the first time domain range, the specific time domain resource used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the determined time domain range.
通过实施该实施例,能够从第一时域范围确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输所采用的具体时域资源,便于接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输。By implementing this embodiment, the specific time domain resources used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined from the first time-domain range, so that it is convenient to receive the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,若第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集。In a possible design, if the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range.
第一时域资源由第一时域资源的起始时域符号和第一时域资源包含的时域符号数确定,第一时域资源包含的时域符号数为根据物理下行控制信道得到。The first time domain resource is determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域资源的起始时域符号为第一时域范围的起始时域符号;或者,In a possible design, the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range; or,
为根据第一次物理下行共享信道传输的起始时域符号计算得到;或者,Is calculated based on the start time domain symbol of the first physical downlink shared channel transmission; or,
为根据第一符号间隔和第i次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号得到,第一符号间隔为第一次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号与第一次物理下行共享信道传输的起始时域符号之间的符号间隔;或者,To obtain from the first symbol interval and the starting time domain symbol of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, the first symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel The symbol interval between the start time domain symbols of the transmission; or,
为根据第二符号间隔和第i次物理下行控制信道传输的截止时域符号得到,第二符号间隔为第一次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号与第一次物理下行共享信道传输的截止时域符号之间的符号间隔;In order to obtain from the second symbol interval and the cutoff time domain symbol of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, the second symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel transmission The symbol interval between the cutoff time domain symbols;
其中,第一次物理下行共享信道传输的起始时域符号从物理下行控制信道得到。Among them, the start time domain symbol of the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
第二方面,本申请实施例提供一种物理下行共享信道的传输方法,其中,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行。其中,该方法包括:In the second aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a method for transmitting a physical downlink shared channel, where the method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a component of the network device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). Among them, the method includes:
网络设备采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源可以是与第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息确定,其中,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。The network device uses the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission. The first time domain resource may be a subset or the full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission. The time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel. The physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. The i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of N repeated transmissions. Is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
对应的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够与网络设备匹配使用的装置。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a network device, may also be a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
一种可能的设计中,网络设备的结构中可包括处理单元和收发单元。收发单元用于支 持网络设备与其他设备之间的通信,其他设备可以是终端设备。In a possible design, the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The transceiver unit is used to support communication between network devices and other devices, and other devices can be terminal devices.
一种实施方式中,网络设备包括收发单元;In one embodiment, the network device includes a transceiver unit;
收发单元,用于采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,所述第一时域范围由物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息确定,所述物理下行控制信道用于调度所述物理下行共享信道,所述第i次物理下行共享信道传输为N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。The transceiver unit is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, so The first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is N repeated transmissions. For one transmission of, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
网络设备还可以包括存储单元,存储单元用于与处理单元和收发单元耦合,其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。The network device may also include a storage unit, which is used for coupling with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
其中,收发单元也可以被称为通信单元,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。可选的,上述收发单元还可以按功能划分为接收单元和发送单元,其中,接收单元,用于执行接收操作,发送单元用于执行发送操作。Among them, the transceiver unit may also be called a communication unit, which is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. Optionally, the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,收发单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器。收发器用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理器用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作,其中,收发器也可以被称为通信接口,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the transceiving unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory. The transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processor is used to perform corresponding processing operations on the information or messages in the process. Among them, the transceiver may also be called a communication interface for performing the process. The operation of receiving or sending information or messages.
一种实施方式中,网络设备包括收发器;In one embodiment, the network device includes a transceiver;
收发器,用于采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,所述第一时域范围由物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息确定,所述物理下行控制信道用于调度所述物理下行共享信道,所述第i次物理下行共享信道传输为N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。The transceiver is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, so The first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is N repeated transmissions. For one transmission of, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
可选的,上述收发器还可以按功能划分为接收器和发射器,其中,接收器,用于执行接收动作,发射器用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
通过实施本申请实施例,网络设备在进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输时,是通过物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息确定该第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,然后在第一时域范围内的第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,可以不用等到终端设备从物理下行控制信道获得物理下行共享信道传输参数后才传输物理下行共享信道,从而降低数据传输时延。By implementing the embodiments of the present application, when the network device performs the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, it determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission through the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel. Then, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is performed on the first time domain resource within the first time domain, and the physical downlink shared channel can be transmitted without waiting for the terminal device to obtain the physical downlink shared channel transmission parameters from the physical downlink control channel, thereby Reduce data transmission delay.
在一种可能的设计中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中一次传输,所述M为大于或者等于2的整数,所述M等于所述N。In a possible design, the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the physical downlink control channel. In the M repeated transmissions, the M is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and the M is equal to the N.
在一种可能的设计中,物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的一个控制资源集所关联的K个TCI-state;或者In a possible design, the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are the K TCI-states associated with a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or
物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的K个控制资源集所关联的K个TCI-state,其中一个控制资源集用于关联一个TCI-state;The K TCI-states used for the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are the K TCI-states associated with the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set is used to associate a TCI-state;
其中,K为大于或者等于1。Among them, K is greater than or equal to 1.
在一种可能的设计中,物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息包括第i次物理下行控制信 道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息。In a possible design, the time domain resource information of the physical downlink control channel includes the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域范围由起始时域符号和截止时域符号确定;或者,In a possible design, the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol; or,
第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,The first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
第一时域范围由截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,The first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
第一时域范围由起始时域符号、截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;The first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
其中,起始时域符号为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号,或者,为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号,或者,为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数;Wherein, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, or, is the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, Or, the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1 ;
截止时域符号为第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号向前偏移Y个时域符号后对应的符号,Y为大于或者等于1的整数。The cut-off time domain symbol is the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i+1th physical downlink control channel is shifted forward by Y time domain symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;In a possible design, the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range;
若i等于1,起始时域符号为第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号;或者,为第M次物理下行控制信道传输所在时隙的下一时隙的第一个时域符号或者第四个时域符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数;其中,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次;If i is equal to 1, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the M-th physical downlink control channel, which corresponds to the symbol that is shifted backward by X time domain symbols; Or, it is the first time domain symbol or the fourth time domain symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is located, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1; where the M-th physical downlink control Channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel;
或者,or,
若i大于1,起始时域符号为第i-1次物理下行共享信道传输对应的时域范围的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号,向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数。If i is greater than 1, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and it is shifted backward by X time domain symbols The corresponding symbol, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供一种物理下行共享信道传输方法,其中,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行。其中该方法包括:In a third aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). The method includes:
根据第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的下一次传输,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数;Determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1-th physical downlink control channel transmission, The i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel. The i+1th The second physical downlink control channel transmission is the next transmission of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Wherein, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。According to the first time domain range, the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is received.
对应的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够与终端设备匹配使用的装置。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备的结构中可包括处理单元和收发单元,收发单元用于执 行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理单元用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作;In a possible design, the structure of the terminal device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit. The transceiving unit is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform operations on the information or messages in the process. Corresponding processing operations;
处理单元,用于根据第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的下一次传输,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数;The processing unit is configured to determine, according to the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission In a time domain, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel. , The i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the next transmission of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Wherein, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
收发单元,用于根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The transceiver unit is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
可选的,终端设备还可以包括存储单元,存储单元用于与处理单元和收发单元耦合,其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据,处理单元用于调用存储单元存储的指令和数据,执行相应的操作。Optionally, the terminal device may also include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
可选的,其中,收发单元也可以被称为通信单元,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。上述收发单元还可以按功能划分为接收单元和发送单元,其中,接收单元,用于执行接收操作,发送单元用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a communication unit, and is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. The foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,收发单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器,收发器用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理器用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作,其中,收发器也可以被称为通信接口,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the transceiving unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory. The transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processor is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. Perform corresponding processing operations, where the transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, which is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
一种实施方式中,终端设备包括处理器和收发器;In an implementation manner, the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver;
处理器,用于根据第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的下一次传输,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数;The processor is configured to determine, according to the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission In a time domain, the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is one of the N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel. , The i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the next transmission of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Wherein, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N;
收发器,用于根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The transceiver is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
可选的,上述收发器还可以按功能划分为接收器和发射器,其中,接收器,用于执行接收动作,发射器用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(system on chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需 求。本申请实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。The above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip. For example, the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor. Among them, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is installed independently on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific requirements of product design. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
通过实施例本申请实施例,通过第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,就可以确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,而可以不用等到从物理下行控制信道中解析得到物理下行共享信道的具体时域资源才传输物理下行共享信道,从而降低数据传输时延。Through the embodiments of the present application, the i-th physical downlink sharing can be determined through the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1-th physical downlink control channel transmission The channel transmits the corresponding first time domain range, and the physical downlink shared channel can be transmitted without waiting for the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel to be parsed from the physical downlink control channel, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
在一种可能的设计中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同。In a possible design, the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是该物理下行控制信道对应的一个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state;或者,In a possible design, the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的K个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state,其中一个控制资源集对应一个激活的TCI-state。The K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域范围由起始时域符号和截止时域符号确定;或者,In a possible design, the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol; or,
第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,The first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
第一时域范围由截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,The first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
第一时域范围由起始时域符号、截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;The first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
其中,起始时域符号为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号,或者,为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号,或者,为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数;Wherein, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, or, is the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, Or, the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1 ;
截止时域符号为第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号向前偏移Y个时域符号后对应的符号,Y为大于或者等于1的整数。The cut-off time domain symbol is the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i+1th physical downlink control channel is shifted forward by Y time domain symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一种可能的设计中,根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,包括:In a possible design, according to the first time domain range, receiving content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
从第一时域范围中确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源,并从第一时域资源上获取第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集或者全集。Determine the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain range, and obtain the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource It is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range.
在一种可能的设计中,若第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集,In a possible design, if the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range,
第一时域资源由第一时域资源的起始时域符号和第一时域资源包含的时域符号数确定,第一时域资源包含的时域符号数为根据物理下行控制信道得到。The first time domain resource is determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域资源的起始时域符号为第一时域范围的起始时域符号;或者,In a possible design, the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range; or,
为根据第一次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号计算得到;或者,Is calculated based on the initial time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission; or,
为根据第一符号间隔和第i次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号得到,第一符号间隔为第一次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号与第一次物理下行共享信道传输的起始时域符号之间的符号间隔;或者,To obtain from the first symbol interval and the starting time domain symbol of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, the first symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel The symbol interval between the start time domain symbols of the transmission; or,
为根据第二符号间隔和第i次物理下行控制信道传输的截止时域符号得到,第二符号间隔为第一次物理下行控制信道传输的起始时域符号与第一次物理下行共享信道传输的截止时域符号之间的符号间隔;In order to obtain from the second symbol interval and the cutoff time domain symbol of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, the second symbol interval is the starting time domain symbol of the first physical downlink control channel transmission and the first physical downlink shared channel transmission The symbol interval between the cutoff time domain symbols;
其中,第一次物理下行共享信道传输的起始时域符号从物理下行控制信道得到。Among them, the start time domain symbol of the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
第四方面,本申请实施例提供一种物理下行共享信道的传输方法,其中,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行。其中,该方法包括:In a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a network device or a component of the network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). Among them, the method includes:
采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是与第i次物理下行控制信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定,其中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的下一次传输,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数。The first time domain resource is used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission. The first time domain resource is a subset or full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, and the first time domain range It is determined by the time-domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is that of the physical downlink shared channel One of the N repeated transmissions, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the i-th physical downlink control channel In the next transmission of the transmission, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Wherein, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
对应的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够与网络设备匹配使用的装置。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a network device, may also be a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
一种可能的设计中,网络设备的结构中可包括处理单元和收发单元。收发单元用于支持网络设备与其他设备之间的通信,其他设备可以是终端设备。In a possible design, the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The transceiver unit is used to support communication between network devices and other devices, and the other devices may be terminal devices.
一种实施方式中,网络设备包括收发单元;In one embodiment, the network device includes a transceiver unit;
收发单元,用于采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是与第i次物理下行控制信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定,其中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的下一次传输,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数。The transceiver unit is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, where the first time domain resource is a subset or the full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, The first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is One of the N repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the i-th For the next transmission of the second physical downlink control channel transmission, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Wherein, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
网络设备还可以包括存储单元,存储单元用于与处理单元和收发单元耦合,其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。The network device may also include a storage unit, which is used for coupling with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
其中,收发单元也可以被称为通信单元,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。可选的,上述收发单元还可以按功能划分为接收单元和发送单元,其中,接收单元,用于执行接收操作,发送单元用于执行发送操作。Among them, the transceiver unit may also be called a communication unit, which is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. Optionally, the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,收发单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器。收发器用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理器用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作,其中,收发器也可以被称为通信接口,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the transceiving unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory. The transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processor is used to perform corresponding processing operations on the information or messages in the process. Among them, the transceiver may also be called a communication interface for performing the process. The operation of receiving or sending information or messages.
一种实施方式中,网络设备包括收发器;In one embodiment, the network device includes a transceiver;
收发器,用于采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源 是与第i次物理下行控制信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定,其中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输为物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,第i次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的一次传输,第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的下一次传输,物理下行控制信道用于调度物理下行共享信道。其中,N为大于或者等于2的整数,i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数。A transceiver, configured to use a first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, where the first time domain resource is a subset or a complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission, The first time domain range is determined by the time domain resource information of the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission and/or the time-domain resource information of the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is One of the N repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission is one of the M repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the i+1th physical downlink control channel transmission is the i-th For the next transmission of the second physical downlink control channel transmission, the physical downlink control channel is used to schedule the physical downlink shared channel. Wherein, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 1 and less than or equal to N.
可选的,上述收发器还可以按功能划分为接收器和发射器,其中,接收器,用于执行接收动作,发射器用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
在一种可能的设计中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同。In a possible design, the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是该物理下行控制信道对应的一个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state;或者,In a possible design, the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的K个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state,其中一个控制资源集对应一个激活的TCI-state。The K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域范围由起始时域符号和截止时域符号确定;或者,In a possible design, the first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol; or,
第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,The first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
第一时域范围由截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,The first time domain range is determined by the cut-off time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; or,
第一时域范围由起始时域符号、截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;The first time domain range is determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range;
其中,起始时域符号为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号,或者,为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号,或者,为第i次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数;Wherein, the starting time domain symbol is the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, or, is the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel, Or, the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th physical downlink control channel is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1 ;
截止时域符号为第i+1次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号向前偏移Y个时域符号后对应的符号,Y为大于或者等于1的整数。The cut-off time domain symbol is the corresponding symbol after the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i+1th physical downlink control channel is shifted forward by Y time domain symbols, and Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
第五方面,本申请实施例提供一种物理下行共享信道的传输方法,其中,该方法可以由终端设备执行,也可以由终端设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行。其中该方法包括:In a fifth aspect, the embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a terminal device, or may be executed by a component of the terminal device (such as a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). The method includes:
根据第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,其中,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次,第一次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的第一次,N为大于或者等于2的整数;According to the time domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission, determine the first time-domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission, where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is M times of the physical downlink control channel The last time in the repeated transmission, the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the first time in N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
根据第一时域范围,接收第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。According to the first time domain range, the content corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is received.
对应的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是终端设备,也可以是终端设备中的装置,或者是能够与终端设备匹配使用的装置。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a terminal device, or a device in a terminal device, or a device that can be matched and used with the terminal device. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
一种可能的设计中,终端设备的结构中可包括处理单元和收发单元,收发单元用于执 行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理单元用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作;In a possible design, the structure of the terminal device may include a processing unit and a transceiving unit. The transceiving unit is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processing unit is used to perform operations on the information or messages in the process. Corresponding processing operations;
处理单元,用于根据第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,其中,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次,第一次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的第一次,N为大于或者等于2的整数;The processing unit is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the physical downlink The last of M repeated transmissions of the control channel, the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
收发单元,用于根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The transceiver unit is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
可选的,终端设备还可以包括存储单元,存储单元用于与处理单元和收发单元耦合,其保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据,处理单元用于调用存储单元存储的指令和数据,执行相应的操作。Optionally, the terminal device may also include a storage unit, the storage unit is used to couple with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, which stores the necessary program instructions and data of the terminal device, and the processing unit is used to call the instructions and data stored in the storage unit and execute the corresponding Operation.
可选的,其中,收发单元也可以被称为通信单元,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。上述收发单元还可以按功能划分为接收单元和发送单元,其中,接收单元,用于执行接收操作,发送单元用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the transceiver unit may also be referred to as a communication unit, and is used to perform operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. The foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,收发单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器,收发器用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理器用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作,其中,收发器也可以被称为通信接口,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the transceiving unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory. The transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processor is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. Perform corresponding processing operations, where the transceiver may also be referred to as a communication interface, which is used to perform the operations of receiving or sending information or messages in the process.
一种实施方式中,终端设备包括处理器和收发器;In an implementation manner, the terminal device includes a processor and a transceiver;
处理器,用于根据第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,确定第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,其中,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次,第一次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的第一次,N为大于或者等于2的整数;The processor is configured to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the time domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission, where the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the physical downlink The last of M repeated transmissions of the control channel, the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2;
收发器,用于根据第一时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The transceiver is configured to receive the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission according to the first time domain range.
可选的,上述收发器还可以按功能划分为接收器和发射器,其中,接收器,用于执行接收动作,发射器用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
上述器件可以分别设置在彼此独立的芯片上,也可以至少部分的或者全部的设置在同一块芯片上。例如,处理器可以进一步划分为模拟基带处理器和数字基带处理器。其中,模拟基带处理器可以与收发器集成在同一块芯片上,数字基带处理器可以设置在独立的芯片上。随着集成电路技术的不断发展,可以在同一块芯片上集成的器件越来越多,例如,数字基带处理器可以与多种应用处理器(例如但不限于图形处理器,多媒体处理器等)集成在同一块芯片之上。这样的芯片可以称为系统芯片(system on chip)。将各个器件独立设置在不同的芯片上,还是整合设置在一个或者多个芯片上,往往取决于产品设计的具体需求。本申请实施例对上述器件的具体实现形式不做限定。The above-mentioned devices may be respectively arranged on separate chips, or at least part or all of them may be arranged on the same chip. For example, the processor can be further divided into an analog baseband processor and a digital baseband processor. Among them, the analog baseband processor can be integrated with the transceiver on the same chip, and the digital baseband processor can be set on a separate chip. With the continuous development of integrated circuit technology, more and more devices can be integrated on the same chip. For example, a digital baseband processor can be combined with a variety of application processors (such as but not limited to graphics processors, multimedia processors, etc.) Integrated on the same chip. Such a chip can be called a system on chip. Whether each device is independently arranged on different chips or integrated on one or more chips often depends on the specific requirements of product design. The embodiment of the present application does not limit the specific implementation form of the foregoing device.
通过实施例本申请实施例,通过第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,就可以确定第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,而可以不用等到从物理下行控制信道中解析得到物理下行共享信道的具体时域资源才传输物理下行共享信道,从而降低数据传输时延。Through the embodiments of this application, the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined through the time domain resource information transmitted by the Mth physical downlink control channel, instead of waiting for the physical downlink control Only when the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel are parsed in the channel can the physical downlink shared channel be transmitted, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
在一种可能的设计中,根据第i-1次物理下行共享信道传输对应的时域范围,确定第i 次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第二时域范围,i为大于1,且小于N的整数;In a possible design, according to the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, determine the second time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, i is greater than 1 and less than N Integer
根据第二时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道对应的内容。According to the second time domain range, the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel is received.
其中,i的取值不同,所得到的第二时域范围是不同的,即i的一种取值和第二时域范围是一一对应的关系。Where the value of i is different, the obtained second time domain range is different, that is, a value of i has a one-to-one correspondence with the second time domain range.
在一种可能的设计中,第一次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第一次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同。In a possible design, the TCI-state used in the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the first physical downlink control channel transmission.
第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同。The TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission.
在一种可能的设计中,物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是该物理下行控制信道对应的一个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state;或者,In a possible design, the K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by a control resource set corresponding to the physical downlink control channel; or,
物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输采用的K个TCI-state是物理下行控制信道对应的K个控制资源集激活的K个TCI-state,其中一个控制资源集对应一个激活的TCI-state。The K TCI-states used for M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel are K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the physical downlink control channel, and one control resource set corresponds to an activated TCI-state.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域范围由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;第一时域范围的起始时域符号是第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号;或者,为第M次物理下行控制信道传输所在时隙的下一时隙的第一个时域符号或者第四个时域符号,当然可以理解的是,还可以是下一时隙的其他任意时域符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数。In a possible design, the first time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range; the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range is the Mth physical downlink The first time-domain symbol or the last time-domain symbol of the time-domain resource transmitted by the control channel is shifted backward by X time-domain symbols; or, it is the next symbol of the time slot where the M-th physical downlink control channel is transmitted. The first time domain symbol or the fourth time domain symbol of a time slot can of course be understood that it can also be any other time domain symbol of the next time slot, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
第二时域范围由起始时域符号和第二时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;第二时域范围的起始时域符号为第i-1次物理下行共享信道传输对应的时域范围的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号,向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数。The second time domain range is determined by the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the second time domain range; the starting time domain symbol of the second time domain range is the time corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission The first time-domain symbol or the last time-domain symbol in the domain range is shifted backward by X time-domain symbols and the corresponding symbol, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
在一种可能的设计中,根据第一时域范围,接收第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,包括:In a possible design, according to the first time domain range, receiving content corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
从第一时域范围中确定第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源,并从第一时域资源上获取第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集或者全集。Determine the first time domain resource corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain range, and obtain the content corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission from the first time domain resource, the first time domain resource It is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range.
在一种可能的设计中,若第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集,第一时域资源由第一时域资源的起始时域符号和第一时域资源包含的时域符号数确定,第一时域资源包含的时域符号数为根据物理下行控制信道得到。In a possible design, if the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range, the first time domain resource is comprised of the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the time domain symbol of the first time domain resource. The number of domain symbols is determined, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
在一种可能的设计中,第一时域资源的起始时域符号为第一时域范围的起始时域符号,或者,为从物理下行控制信道中获得。In a possible design, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource is the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range, or is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
在一种可能的设计中,根据第二时域范围,接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,包括:In a possible design, according to the second time domain range, receiving content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission includes:
从第二时域范围确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第二时域资源,并从第二时域资源上获取第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容,第二时域资源为第二时域范围的子集或者全集。Determine the second time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the second time domain range, and obtain the content corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission from the second time domain resource. The second time domain resource is A subset or complete set of the second time domain range.
在一种可能的设计中,第二时域资源为第二时域范围的子集,第一时域资源由第一时域资源的起始时域符号和第一时域资源包含的时域符号数确定,第一时域资源包含的时域符号数为根据物理下行控制信道得到。In a possible design, the second time domain resource is a subset of the second time domain range, and the first time domain resource is composed of the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the time domain contained in the first time domain resource The number of symbols is determined, and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource is obtained according to the physical downlink control channel.
在一种可能的设计中,第二时域资源的起始时域符号为第二时域范围的起始时域符号,或者,为根据第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号计算得到。In a possible design, the start time domain symbol of the second time domain resource is the start time domain symbol of the second time domain range, or, according to the first time domain corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission The starting time domain symbol of the resource is calculated.
其中,第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号从物理下行控制信道得到。Wherein, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is obtained from the physical downlink control channel.
第六方面,本申请实施例提供一种物理下行共享信道的传输方法,其中,该方法可以由网络设备执行,也可以由网络设备的部件(例如处理器、芯片、或芯片系统等)执行。其中,该方法包括:In a sixth aspect, embodiments of the present application provide a physical downlink shared channel transmission method, where the method may be executed by a network device, or may be executed by a component of the network device (for example, a processor, a chip, or a chip system, etc.). Among them, the method includes:
采用第一时域资源进行第一次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次,第一次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的第一次,N为大于或者等于2的整数。The first time domain resource is used for the first physical downlink shared channel transmission. The first time domain resource is a subset or full set of the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission. The first time domain range is determined by The time domain resource information of the Mth physical downlink control channel transmission is determined, the Mth physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repetitive transmissions of the physical downlink control channel, and the first physical downlink shared channel transmission is the physical downlink For the first time in N repeated transmissions of the shared channel, N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
对应的,本申请实施例还提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是网络设备中的装置,或者是能够与网络设备匹配使用的装置。该功能可以通过硬件实现,也可以通过硬件执行相应的软件实现。该硬件或软件包括一个或多个与上述功能相对应的单元或模块。Correspondingly, an embodiment of the present application also provides a communication device, which may be a network device, may also be a device in a network device, or a device that can be matched and used with a network device. This function can be realized by hardware, or by hardware executing corresponding software. The hardware or software includes one or more units or modules corresponding to the above-mentioned functions.
一种可能的设计中,网络设备的结构中可包括处理单元和收发单元。收发单元用于支持网络设备与其他设备之间的通信,其他设备可以是终端设备。In a possible design, the structure of the network device may include a processing unit and a transceiver unit. The transceiver unit is used to support communication between network devices and other devices, and the other devices may be terminal devices.
一种实施方式中,网络设备包括收发单元;In one embodiment, the network device includes a transceiver unit;
收发单元,用于采用第一时域资源进行第一次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次,第一次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的第一次,N为大于或者等于2的整数。The transceiver unit is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the first physical downlink shared channel transmission. The first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission. A time-domain range is determined by the time-domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission. The M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel. The first physical downlink shared channel The transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
网络设备还可以包括存储单元,存储单元用于与处理单元和收发单元耦合,其保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。The network device may also include a storage unit, which is used for coupling with the processing unit and the transceiver unit, and stores the program instructions and data necessary for the network device.
其中,收发单元也可以被称为通信单元,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。可选的,上述收发单元还可以按功能划分为接收单元和发送单元,其中,接收单元,用于执行接收操作,发送单元用于执行发送操作。Among them, the transceiver unit may also be called a communication unit, which is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process. Optionally, the foregoing transceiver unit may also be divided into a receiving unit and a sending unit according to functions, where the receiving unit is used to perform a receiving operation, and the sending unit is used to perform a sending operation.
作为示例,处理单元可以为处理器,收发单元可以为收发器,存储单元可以为存储器。收发器用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作,处理器用于对该过程中信息或消息执行相应的处理操作,其中,收发器也可以被称为通信接口,用于执行该过程中信息或消息的接收或者发送的操作。As an example, the processing unit may be a processor, the transceiving unit may be a transceiver, and the storage unit may be a memory. The transceiver is used to perform the operation of receiving or sending information or messages in the process, and the processor is used to perform corresponding processing operations on the information or messages in the process. Among them, the transceiver may also be called a communication interface for performing the process. The operation of receiving or sending information or messages.
一种实施方式中,网络设备包括收发器;In one embodiment, the network device includes a transceiver;
收发器,用于采用第一时域资源进行第一次物理下行共享信道传输,该第一时域资源是第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,第一时域范围由第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息确定,第M次物理下行控制信道传输为物理下行控制信道的M次重复传输中的最后一次,第一次物理下行共享信道传输为该物理下行共 享信道的N次重复传输中的第一次,N为大于或者等于2的整数。The transceiver is configured to use the first time domain resource to perform the first physical downlink shared channel transmission. The first time domain resource is a subset or complete set of the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission. A time-domain range is determined by the time-domain resource information of the M-th physical downlink control channel transmission. The M-th physical downlink control channel transmission is the last of M repeated transmissions of the physical downlink control channel. The first physical downlink shared channel The transmission is the first of N repeated transmissions of the physical downlink shared channel, and N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
可选的,上述收发器还可以按功能划分为接收器和发射器,其中,接收器,用于执行接收动作,发射器用于执行发送操作。Optionally, the above transceivers may also be divided into receivers and transmitters according to their functions, where the receivers are used to perform receiving operations, and the transmitters are used to perform sending operations.
采用本申请实施例,通过第M次物理下行控制信道传输的时域资源信息,就可以确定第一次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,而可以不用等到从物理下行控制信道中解析得到物理下行共享信道的具体时域资源才传输物理下行共享信道,从而降低数据传输时延。According to the embodiment of this application, the first time domain range corresponding to the first physical downlink shared channel transmission can be determined through the time domain resource information of the Mth physical downlink control channel transmission, instead of waiting for the physical downlink control channel Only when the specific time domain resources of the physical downlink shared channel are analyzed can the physical downlink shared channel be transmitted, thereby reducing the data transmission delay.
在一种可能的设计中,采用第二时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,该第二时域资源是第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第二时域范围的子集或者全集,第二时域范围为根据第i-1次物理下行共享信道传输对应的时域范围确定,i为大于或者等于2的整数。In a possible design, the second time domain resource is used for the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and the second time domain resource is a subset of the second time domain range corresponding to the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission, or In the full set, the second time domain range is determined according to the time domain range corresponding to the i-1th physical downlink shared channel transmission, and i is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
本申请实施例第七方面提供一种处理器,用于执行上述第一方面或者第三方面或者第五方面提供的方法。有关发送信息或数据和接收信息或数据的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息或数据的过程,以及处理器接收输入的上述信息或数据的过程。具体来说,在输出信息或数据时,处理器将上述信息或数据输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。更进一步的,上述信息或数据在由处理器输出之后,还可能会进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的上述信息或数据时,由收发器接收上述信息或数据,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到上述信息或数据之后,上述信息或数据可能会进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。A seventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a processor, which is configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing first aspect, third aspect, or fifth aspect. The process of sending information or data and receiving information or data can be understood as the process of outputting the above-mentioned information or data by the processor, and the process of receiving the input of the above-mentioned information or data by the processor. Specifically, when outputting information or data, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information or data to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. Furthermore, after the above-mentioned information or data is output by the processor, other processing may be performed before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the aforementioned information or data input, the transceiver receives the aforementioned information or data and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information or data, the above-mentioned information or data may undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
基于上述原理,举例来说,上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面提供的方法中提及的接收物理共享信道可以理解为收发器将其接收到的物理共享信道输入处理器。Based on the foregoing principle, for example, the receiving physical shared channel mentioned in the method provided by the foregoing first aspect, third aspect, or fifth aspect can be understood as the transceiver inputting the received physical shared channel into the processor.
如此一来,对于处理器所涉及的发射、发送和接收等操作,如果没有特殊说明,或者,如果未与其在相关描述中的实际作用或者内在逻辑相抵触,则均可以更加一般性的理解为处理器输出和接收、输入等操作,而不是直接由射频电路和天线所进行的发射、发送和接收操作。In this way, if there are no special instructions for the transmitting, sending, and receiving operations involved in the processor, or if it does not conflict with the actual function or internal logic in the relevant description, it can be understood more generally as The processor outputs and receives, inputs and other operations, instead of transmitting, sending and receiving directly by the radio frequency circuit and antenna.
在具体实现过程中,上述处理器可以是专门用于执行这些方法的处理器,也可以是执行存储器中的计算机指令来执行这些方法的处理器,例如通用处理器。上述存储器可以为非瞬时性(non-transitory)存储器,例如只读存储器(read only memory,ROM),其可以与处理器集成在同一块芯片上,也可以分别设置在不同的芯片上,本申请实施例对存储器的类型以及存储器与处理器的设置方式不做限定。In a specific implementation process, the foregoing processor may be a processor specifically configured to execute these methods, or a processor that executes computer instructions in a memory to execute these methods, such as a general-purpose processor. The above-mentioned memory may be a non-transitory memory, such as a read only memory (ROM), which may be integrated with the processor on the same chip, or may be separately arranged on different chips. This application The embodiment does not limit the type of the memory and the setting mode of the memory and the processor.
本申请实施例第八方面提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器和接口。该芯片系统可部署在终端设备中。An eighth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip system, which includes a processor and an interface. The chip system can be deployed in terminal equipment.
在一种可能的设计中,处理器用于确定第i次物理共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源范围,接口用于接收该时域资源范围内的信号;处理器用于确定第i次物理共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源,并对第一时域资源上的信号进行处理。接口还用于接收物理控制信道,处理器还用于对物理控制信道进行译码处理,得到物理共享信道的传输参数。In a possible design, the processor is used to determine the first time domain resource range corresponding to the i-th physical shared channel transmission, and the interface is used to receive signals within the time domain resource range; the processor is used to determine the i-th physical share The channel transmits the corresponding first time domain resource, and processes the signal on the first time domain resource. The interface is also used to receive the physical control channel, and the processor is also used to decode the physical control channel to obtain the transmission parameters of the physical shared channel.
在一种可能的设计中,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以支持终端设备实现第一方面或第三方面或第五方面所涉及的功能,例如确定第i次物理 共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源范围,以及确定第i次物理共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源等等。在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还包括存储器,存储器用于保存终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。In a possible design, the processor is used to call and run the computer program stored in the memory from the memory to support the terminal device to implement the functions involved in the first aspect or the third aspect or the fifth aspect, such as determining the i-th time The first time domain resource range corresponding to the physical shared channel transmission, and the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th physical shared channel transmission is determined, and so on. In a possible design, the chip system also includes a memory, which is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the terminal device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例第九方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述终端设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包括用于执行上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面所述的方法所涉及的程序。A ninth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used by the above-mentioned terminal device, including instructions for executing the method described in the above-mentioned first aspect, third aspect, or fifth aspect The procedures involved.
本申请实施例第十方面提供一种包括计算机程序或指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面所述的方法。The tenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product including a computer program or instruction, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect.
本申请实施例第十一方面提供一种包括计算机程序或指令的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第一方面或第三方面或第五方面所述的方法。The eleventh aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program including a computer program or instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the first aspect, the third aspect, or the fifth aspect.
本申请实施例第十二方面提供一种处理器,用于执行上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面提供的方法。在执行上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面提供的方法的过程中,有关发送信息或数据和接收信息或数据的过程,可以理解为由处理器输出上述信息或数据的过程,以及处理器接收输入的上述信息或数据的过程。具体来说,在输出上述信息或数据时,处理器将上述信息或数据输出给收发器,以便由收发器进行发射。更进一步的,上述信息或数据在由处理器输出之后,还可能会进行其他的处理,然后才到达收发器。类似的,处理器接收输入的上述信息或数据时,收发器接收上述信息或数据,并将其输入处理器。更进一步的,在收发器收到上述信息或数据之后,上述信息或数据可能会进行其他的处理,然后才输入处理器。A twelfth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a processor, which is configured to execute the method provided in the foregoing second aspect, fourth aspect, or sixth aspect. In the process of executing the method provided by the second or fourth aspect or the sixth aspect, the process of sending information or data and receiving information or data can be understood as the process of outputting the foregoing information or data by the processor, and processing The process of receiving the above-mentioned information or data input. Specifically, when outputting the above-mentioned information or data, the processor outputs the above-mentioned information or data to the transceiver for transmission by the transceiver. Furthermore, after the above-mentioned information or data is output by the processor, other processing may be performed before it reaches the transceiver. Similarly, when the processor receives the aforementioned information or data input, the transceiver receives the aforementioned information or data and inputs it into the processor. Furthermore, after the transceiver receives the above-mentioned information or data, the above-mentioned information or data may undergo other processing before being input to the processor.
本申请实施例第十三方面提供一种芯片系统,该芯片系统包括处理器和接口,处理器用于从存储器中调用并运行存储器中存储的计算机程序,以支持网络设备实现第二方面或第四方面或第六方面所涉及的功能,在一种可能的设计中,该芯片系统还包括存储器,存储器用于保存网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。该芯片系统,可以由芯片构成,也可以包括芯片和其他分立器件。The thirteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a chip system including a processor and an interface. The processor is used to call and run a computer program stored in the memory from the memory to support the network device to implement the second aspect or the fourth aspect. For the functions involved in the aspect or the sixth aspect, in a possible design, the chip system further includes a memory, and the memory is used to store necessary program instructions and data for the network device. The chip system can be composed of chips, and can also include chips and other discrete devices.
本申请实施例第十四方面提供一种计算机可读存储介质,用于储存为上述网络设备所用的计算机软件指令,其包括用于执行上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面所述的方法所涉及的程序。A fourteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer-readable storage medium for storing computer software instructions used for the above-mentioned network equipment, including instructions for executing the above-mentioned second or fourth or sixth aspects. The procedures involved in the method.
本申请实施例第十五方面提供一种包括计算机程序或指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面所述的方法。The fifteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program product including a computer program or instruction, which when running on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect.
本申请实施例第十六方面提供一种包括计算机程序或指令的计算机程序,当其在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述第二方面或第四方面或第六方面所述的方法。A sixteenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a computer program including a computer program or instructions, which when run on a computer, causes the computer to execute the method described in the second aspect, the fourth aspect, or the sixth aspect.
本申请实施例第十七方面提供一种系统,该系统包括终端设备和网络设备。A seventeenth aspect of the embodiments of the present application provides a system, which includes a terminal device and a network device.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种MAC CE的结构示意图;Figure 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a MAC CE provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种系统架构图;Figure 2 is a system architecture diagram provided by an embodiment of the application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一种物理下行共享信道的传输方法的交互图;FIG. 3 is an interaction diagram of a physical downlink shared channel transmission method provided by an embodiment of the application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的一种采用多个TCI-state分时传输PDSCH的示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of using multiple TCI-states to transmit PDSCH in time sharing according to an embodiment of the application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的一种PDCCH和PDSCH的传输示意图;FIG. 5 is a schematic diagram of transmission of PDCCH and PDSCH according to an embodiment of this application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一种PDCCH和PDSCH的传输示意图;FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another PDCCH and PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的另一种通信装置的结构示意图;FIG. 8 is a schematic structural diagram of another communication device provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种芯片结构示意图;FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram of a chip structure provided by an embodiment of the application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种终端设备的结构示意图。FIG. 10 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device provided by an embodiment of this application.
首先,在描述本申请实施例之前,对本申请实施例涉及的名称或术语进行介绍。First, before describing the embodiments of the present application, the names or terms involved in the embodiments of the present application are introduced.
1、波束1. Beam
波束在NR协议中的体现可以是空域滤波器(spatial domain filter),或者称空间滤波器(spatial filter)或空间参数(spatial parameter)。用于发送信号的波束可以称为发送波束(transmission beam,Tx beam),可以称为空域发送滤波器(spatial domain transmission filter)或空间发射参数(spatial transmission parameter);用于接收信号的波束可以称为接收波束(reception beam,Rx beam),可以称为空域接收滤波器(spatial domain receive filter)或空间接收参数(spatial RX parameter)。The embodiment of the beam in the NR protocol can be a spatial domain filter, or a spatial filter or a spatial parameter. The beam used to transmit a signal can be called a transmission beam (Tx beam), can be called a spatial domain transmission filter or a spatial transmission parameter (spatial transmission parameter); the beam used to receive a signal can be called To receive the beam (reception beam, Rx beam), it can be called a spatial domain receive filter or a spatial receive parameter (spatial RX parameter).
发送波束可以是指信号经天线发射出去后在空间不同方向上形成的信号强度的分布,接收波束可以是指从天线上接收到的无线信号在空间不同方向上的信号强度分布。The transmitting beam may refer to the distribution of signal strength in different directions in space after a signal is transmitted through the antenna, and the receiving beam may refer to the signal strength distribution of the wireless signal received from the antenna in different directions in space.
此外,波束可以是宽波束,或者窄波束,或者其他类型波束。形成波束的技术可以是波束赋形技术或者其他技术。波束赋形技术具体可以为数字波束赋形技术、模拟波束赋形技术或者混合数字/模拟波束赋形技术等。In addition, the beam may be a wide beam, or a narrow beam, or other types of beams. The beam forming technology may be beamforming technology or other technologies. The beamforming technology may specifically be a digital beamforming technology, an analog beamforming technology, or a hybrid digital/analog beamforming technology, etc.
波束一般和资源对应,例如进行波束测量时,网络设备通过不同的资源来测量不同的波束,终端设备反馈测得的资源质量,网络设备就知道对应的波束的质量。在数据传输时,波束信息也是可以通过其对应的资源来进行指示的。例如网络设备通过DCI的TCI指示信息所指示的资源,来指示终端设备物理下行共享信道的接收波束的信息。Beams generally correspond to resources. For example, when performing beam measurement, network equipment uses different resources to measure different beams. The terminal equipment feeds back the measured resource quality, and the network equipment knows the quality of the corresponding beam. During data transmission, beam information can also be indicated through its corresponding resources. For example, the network device indicates the information of the receiving beam of the physical downlink shared channel of the terminal device through the resource indicated by the TCI indication information of the DCI.
可选地,将具有相同或者类似的通信特征的多个波束视为是一个波束。一个波束内可以包括一个或多个天线端口,用于传输数据信道、控制信道和探测信号等。形成一个波束的一个或多个天线端口也可以看作是一个天线端口集。Optionally, multiple beams with the same or similar communication characteristics are regarded as one beam. One or more antenna ports can be included in one beam, which are used to transmit data channels, control channels, and sounding signals. One or more antenna ports forming a beam can also be regarded as an antenna port set.
在本申请实施例中,若未做出特别说明,是一个波束对应一个资源,因此可以以资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。In the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise specified, one beam corresponds to one resource, so the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource.
2、资源2. Resources
在波束测量中,可以通过资源的索引来唯一标识该资源对应的波束。资源可以是上行信号资源,也可以是下行信号资源。上行信号包括但不限于探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)。下行信号包括但不限于:信道状态信息参考信号(channel state information reference signal,CSI-RS)、小区专用参考信号(cell specific reference signal,CS-RS)、UE专用参考信号(user equipment specific reference signal,US-RS)、解调参考信号(demodulation reference signal,DMRS)、以及同步信号/物理广播信道块(synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block,SS/PBCH block)。其中,SS/PBCH block可以简称为同步信号块(synchronization signal block,SSB)。In beam measurement, the resource index can be used to uniquely identify the beam corresponding to the resource. The resource can be an uplink signal resource or a downlink signal resource. The uplink signal includes but is not limited to sounding reference signal (SRS) and demodulation reference signal (DMRS). Downlink signals include but are not limited to: channel state information reference signal (CSI-RS), cell specific reference signal (CS-RS), UE specific reference signal (user equipment specific reference signal, US-RS), demodulation reference signal (DMRS), and synchronization signal/physical broadcast channel block (synchronization system/physical broadcast channel block, SS/PBCH block). Among them, the SS/PBCH block may be referred to as a synchronization signal block (synchronization signal block, SSB) for short.
资源可以通过RRC(Radio Resource Control,无线资源控制信令)信令配置。在配置结构上,一个资源是一个数据结构,包括其对应的上行/下行信号的相关参数,例如上行/下行信号的类型,承载上行/下行信号的资源粒,上行/下行信号的发送时间和周期,发送上行/下行信号所采用的端口数等。每一个上行/下行信号的资源具有唯一的索引,以标识该下行信号的资源。可以理解的是,资源的索引也可以称为资源的标识,本申请实施例对此不作任何限制。Resources can be configured through RRC (Radio Resource Control, radio resource control signaling) signaling. In terms of configuration structure, a resource is a data structure, including its corresponding uplink/downlink signal related parameters, such as the type of uplink/downlink signal, the resource element that carries the uplink/downlink signal, the transmission time and period of the uplink/downlink signal , The number of ports used to send uplink/downlink signals, etc. Each uplink/downlink signal resource has a unique index to identify the downlink signal resource. It is understandable that the index of the resource may also be referred to as the identifier of the resource, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
3、TCI状态(例如:TCI-state)3. TCI state (for example: TCI-state)
TCI-state是由网络设备配置给各个终端设备的。每个TCI-state包括一个自身的索引tci-StateId,和两个QCL-Info。每个QCL-Info包括一个cell字段和bwp-Id,分别表示该TCI-state应用于哪个cell(小区)的哪个bwp(Bandwidth part),即不同cell或相同cell的不同bwp可以配置不同QCL-Info。QCL-Info还包括一个referenceSignal(参考信号),用于表示与哪个参考信号资源构成QCL(quasi-co-location,准同位)关系。在数据传输和信道测量中,波束都是与参考信号资源进行对应的,一个波束对应一个参考信号资源。因此,此处说与哪个参考信号资源构成QCL关系,实质是指与哪个波束构成QCL关系。QCL关系是指两个参考信号资源(或两个天线端口,天线端口和参考信号资源也是一一对应的)具有某些相同的空间参数。具体哪些空间参数是相同的取决于该QCL-Info的类型,即QCL-Info的另一个字段qcl-Type。qcl-Type可以有四种取值{typeA,typeB,typeC,typeD}。以typeD为例,typeD表示两个参考信号资源具有相同的空间接收参数信息,即两个波束具有相同的接收波束。TCI-state包括的两个QCL-Info中最多能有一个是TypeD的。TCI-state is configured by the network equipment to each terminal device. Each TCI-state includes its own index tci-StateId and two QCL-Info. Each QCL-Info includes a cell field and bwp-Id, which respectively indicate which bwp (Bandwidth part) of which cell (cell) the TCI-state is applied to, that is, different cells or different bwps of the same cell can be configured with different QCL-Info . QCL-Info also includes a referenceSignal (reference signal), which is used to indicate which reference signal resource constitutes a QCL (quasi-co-location) relationship. In data transmission and channel measurement, beams correspond to reference signal resources, and one beam corresponds to one reference signal resource. Therefore, what reference signal resource constitutes a QCL relationship with here essentially refers to which beam constitutes a QCL relationship with. The QCL relationship means that two reference signal resources (or two antenna ports, the antenna port and the reference signal resource are also in a one-to-one correspondence) have some same spatial parameters. Which spatial parameters are the same depends on the type of the QCL-Info, that is, another field qcl-Type of the QCL-Info. qcl-Type can have four values {typeA, typeB, typeC, typeD}. Taking typeD as an example, typeD indicates that two reference signal resources have the same spatial receiving parameter information, that is, the two beams have the same receiving beam. At most one of the two QCL-Info included in the TCI-state can be TypeD.
下面以一个示例来具体阐述,网络设备是如何通过TCI-state来向一个终端设备指示数据传输波束的接收波束信息的,包括TCI-state的配置,激活和指示。The following takes an example to explain in detail how the network device instructs a terminal device to receive beam information of the data transmission beam through the TCI-state, including the configuration, activation and indication of the TCI-state.
(1)TCI-state配置:网络设备通过RRC(Radio resource control,资源控制)信令向终端设备配置多个TCI-state。这些TCI-state均包括一个类型为typeD的QCL-Info。(1) TCI-state configuration: The network device configures multiple TCI-states to the terminal device through RRC (Radio resource control) signaling. These TCI-states all include a QCL-Info of typeD.
(2)TCI-state激活:网络设备配置多个TCI-state后,还可以通过MAC-CE(Medium Access Control-Control Element,介质接入控制-控制单元)激活其中8个TCI-state。这8个TCI state与DCI中的TCI字段的8个值是一一对应的。即DCI的TCI字段的8个值对应的是哪8个TCI-state,是通过MAC CE信令来确定的。用于激活TCI的MAC CE结构如图1所示。其中字段T0至T(N-2)x8+7分别对应第一步配置的索引分别为0至(N-2)x8+7的各个TCI-state,每个字段的大小为1bit,值可以是0或1。取值为1表示激活该TCI-state,取值为0表示不激活该TCI-state。每个MAC CE理论上可以有8个取值为1的激活字段,其余全为0。这8个取值为1的字段对应的TCI-state即为DCI中TCI字段的8个值对应的8个TCI-state。例如,TCI字段的最小值000对应MAC CE中激活的索引最小的TCI-state,以此类推,一一对应。MAC-CE的类型有很多,除了用于TCI-state激活的MAC-CE,还有许多其他用途的MAC-CE。(2) TCI-state activation: After the network device is configured with multiple TCI-states, it can also activate 8 TCI-states through MAC-CE (Medium Access Control-Control Element). These 8 TCI states have a one-to-one correspondence with the 8 values of the TCI field in the DCI. That is, which 8 TCI-states correspond to the 8 values of the TCI field of the DCI are determined through MAC CE signaling. The MAC CE structure used to activate TCI is shown in Figure 1. Among them, the fields T0 to T(N-2)x8+7 correspond to the respective TCI-states configured in the first step with the index from 0 to (N-2)
(3)TCI-state指示:目前网络设备通过DCI中的TCI字段来指示一个具体的TCI-state。例如,网络设备发送给终端设备的DCI中的TCI字段的值为000,表示数据传输波束采用的000对应的那个TCI-state。该TCI-state内的类型为typeD的那个QCL-Info所包含的 referenceSignal是索引为#1的CSI-RS(Channel State Information–Reference Signal,信道状态信息-参考信号),表示数据传输采用的波束与索引为#1的CSI-RS对应的波束具有相同接收波束。索引为#1的CSI-RS对应的接收波束可通过波束测量流程来确定,对终端设备来说是已知的。因此,通过TCI字段的具体取值,终端设备就可以确定数据传输波束对应的接收波束,从而采用相应的接收波束来接收数据。(3) TCI-state indication: At present, the network device indicates a specific TCI-state through the TCI field in the DCI. For example, the value of the TCI field in the DCI sent by the network device to the terminal device is 000, which represents the TCI-state corresponding to 000 used by the data transmission beam. The referenceSignal contained in the QCL-Info whose type is typeD in the TCI-state is the CSI-RS (Channel State Information-Reference Signal) with
本申请实施例的时域符号是指正交频分复用(Orthogonal frequency divided multiplexing,OFDM)符号,除此之外时域符号还可以替换为时隙,子帧等时间单位。其中,本申请实施例中,向后偏移X个时域符号,或者向前偏移Y个时域符号,是指通常情况下偏移该X个或者Y个时域符号,若偏移该X个时域符号或者偏移该Y个时域符号是上行时域符号,则继续偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号。比如,向后偏移X个时域符号后是上行时域符号,则继续向后偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号,又比如,向前偏移Y个时域符号后是上行时域符号,则向前继续偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号。The time domain symbols in the embodiments of the present application refer to orthogonal frequency division multiplexing (Orthogonal frequency divided multiplexing, OFDM) symbols. In addition, the time domain symbols can also be replaced with time units such as time slots and subframes. Wherein, in the embodiment of the present application, shifting backward by X time domain symbols or shifting forward by Y time domain symbols means that the X or Y time domain symbols are shifted under normal circumstances. If the X time domain symbols or the Y time domain symbols offset are uplink time domain symbols, the offset continues until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered. For example, if the upstream time-domain symbol is offset by X time-domain symbols backward, the offset continues until the first downstream time-domain symbol is encountered. For example, after Y time-domain symbols are shifted forward, it is The uplink time domain symbol continues to shift forward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered.
本申请实施例中的N次PDSCH传输是对应同一数据的相同或者不同RV,例如,同一传输块TB(Transport Block)编码生成的多个RV中相同的RV或不同RV。N次PDSCH传输也可以对应同一数据生成的不同TB。The N times of PDSCH transmission in the embodiment of the present application correspond to the same or different RVs corresponding to the same data, for example, the same RV or different RVs among multiple RVs generated by encoding the same transport block (TB). N times of PDSCH transmission can also correspond to different TBs generated by the same data.
本申请实施例中的M次PDCCH重复传输中携带所述N次PDSCH传输的传输参数,比如M次PDCCH重复传输中携带的内容相同,都是N次PDSCH传输中的第一次PDSCH传输的传输参数,例如,具体时域资源,频域资源,以及调制编码方案等。M次PDCCH重复传输中携带的内容也可以不同,例如M=N时,第i次PDCCH传输携带的内容是第i次PDSCH传输的传输参数。The M PDCCH repeated transmissions in the embodiment of this application carry the transmission parameters of the N PDSCH transmissions. For example, the content carried in the M PDCCH repeated transmissions is the same, which is the first PDSCH transmission of the N PDSCH transmissions. Parameters, for example, specific time domain resources, frequency domain resources, and modulation and coding schemes, etc. The content carried in the repeated PDCCH transmission of M times may also be different. For example, when M=N, the content carried in the i-th PDCCH transmission is the transmission parameter of the i-th PDSCH transmission.
本申请实施例的物理下行共享信道传输方法可以适用于PDSCH快速传输场景,即PDSCH的传输时间与其对应的PDCCH的传输时间间隔小于预设门限值的场景。该预设门限值对应的时间是用于终端设备完成PDCCH接收,并切换到PDSCH的接收波束所需要的时长,该预设门限值可以通过终端设备上报给网络设备,在一些场景中,该预设门限值可以是timeDurationForQCL。The physical downlink shared channel transmission method of the embodiment of the present application may be applicable to a PDSCH fast transmission scenario, that is, a scenario where the transmission time of the PDSCH and the transmission time interval of the corresponding PDCCH are less than a preset threshold. The time corresponding to the preset threshold value is the time required for the terminal device to complete the PDCCH reception and switch to the PDSCH receiving beam. The preset threshold value can be reported to the network device through the terminal device. In some scenarios, The preset threshold value may be timeDurationForQCL.
PDSCH的传输时间与其对应的PDCCH的传输时间间隔可以是第一次PDCCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号与第一次PDSCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔(例如:gap)或时间偏移(例如:offset),或者,最后一次PDCCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号与第一次PDSCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔(例如:gap)或时间偏移offset(例如:offset),或者,第一次PDCCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号与最后一次PDSCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔(例如:gap)或时间偏移(例如:offset),或者,最后一次PDCCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号与最后一次PDSCH传输对应的时域资源的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号之间的时间间隔(例如:gap)或时间偏移(例如:offset)。应理解,当M等于1时,即存在一次PDCCH传输,上述第一次PDCCH传输和最后一次PDCCH均等效于这 一次PDCCH。The transmission time of the PDSCH and the transmission time interval of the corresponding PDCCH may be the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the first PDCCH transmission or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. A time domain symbol or the time interval (for example: gap) or time offset (for example: offset) between a time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol, or the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the last PDCCH transmission or The last time domain symbol and the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission or the time interval (for example: gap) or time offset (for example: offset) between the last time domain symbol, Or, between the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the first PDCCH transmission and the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the last PDSCH transmission Time interval (for example: gap) or time offset (for example: offset), or the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the last PDCCH transmission or the time when the last time domain symbol corresponds to the last PDSCH transmission The time interval (for example: gap) or time offset (for example: offset) between the first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the domain resource. It should be understood that when M is equal to 1, there is one PDCCH transmission, and the above-mentioned first PDCCH transmission and the last PDCCH are both equivalent to this PDCCH.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例的物理下行共享信道传输方法也可以适用于PDSCH的传输时间与其对应的PDCCH的传输时间间隔大于预设门限值的场景。It is understandable that the physical downlink shared channel transmission method in the embodiment of the present application may also be applicable to scenarios where the transmission time of the PDSCH and the transmission time interval of the corresponding PDCCH are greater than the preset threshold.
本申请实施例中所提及的第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围,是指i取值不同时,所确定的第一时域范围不同,第i次PDSCH传输在与第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围中传输,其中,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源是指第i次PDSCH传输实际所采用的时域资源,该第一时域资源可以是第一时域范围的全集或者子集,可以理解的是,第一时域范围不同,当然所确定的第一时域资源也是不同的,即i取值不同时,所确定的第一时域资源也是不同的。The first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission mentioned in the embodiment of this application means that when the value of i is different, the determined first time-domain range is different, and the i-th PDSCH transmission is different from the i-th PDSCH transmission. PDSCH transmission corresponds to transmission in the first time domain range, where the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission refers to the time domain resource actually used in the i-th PDSCH transmission, and the first time domain resource may be the first time domain resource. A complete set or subset of a time domain range, it can be understood that the first time domain range is different, of course the determined first time domain resources are also different, that is, when the value of i is different, the determined first time domain resource It is also different.
请参见图2,为应用本申请实施例的网络架构示意图。图2所示的网络架构包括网络设备和终端设备,其中,网络设备的数量可以是一个或者多个,终端设备的数量可以是一个或者多个。Please refer to FIG. 2, which is a schematic diagram of a network architecture applying an embodiment of the present application. The network architecture shown in FIG. 2 includes network devices and terminal devices, where the number of network devices may be one or more, and the number of terminal devices may be one or more.
可以理解的是,本申请实施例可以应用于多种无线通信系统中,无线通信系统可以包括但不限于长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统、NR系统、未来通信系统等,未来通信系统例如未来网络或第六代通信系统等。It is understandable that the embodiments of the present application can be applied to a variety of wireless communication systems. The wireless communication systems may include but are not limited to long term evolution (LTE) systems, NR systems, future communication systems, etc., such as Future network or sixth-generation communication system, etc.
可以理解的是,图2所示的设备数量、形态用于举例,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。例如实际应用中可以包括两个或两个以上的网络设备。It can be understood that the number and form of the devices shown in FIG. 2 are used as examples, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application. For example, the actual application may include two or more network devices.
本申请实施例中,网络设备是一种部署在无线接入网中为终端设备提供无线通信功能的装置。网络设备可以包括各种形式的宏基站,微基站(也称为小站),中继站,接入点等。在采用不同的无线接入技术的系统中,网络设备的名称可能会有所不同,例如GSM(Global System for Mobile Communication,全球移动通信系统)或CDMA(Code Division Multiple Access,码分多址)网络中的BTS(Base Transceiver Station,基站收发信台),WCDMA(Wideband Code Division Multiple Access,宽带码分多址)中的NB(NodeB),LTE(Long Term Evolution,长期演进)中的eNB或eNodeB(Evolutional NodeB)。网络设备还可以是CRAN(Cloud Radio Access Network,云无线接入网络)场景下的无线控制器。网络设备还可以是未来5G网络中的基站设备或者未来演进的PLMN网络中的网络设备。网络设备还可以是可穿戴设备或车载设备。网络设备还可以是传输接收节点(Transmission and Reception Point,TRP)。网络设备还可以泛指网络端的所有设备的总称,例如采用多个TRP传输数据给终端设备时,将多个TRP统称为网络设备。In the embodiment of the present application, a network device is a device deployed in a wireless access network to provide a wireless communication function for terminal devices. The network equipment may include various forms of macro base stations, micro base stations (also called small stations), relay stations, access points, and so on. In systems using different wireless access technologies, the names of network devices may be different, such as GSM (Global System for Mobile Communication) or CDMA (Code Division Multiple Access, Code Division Multiple Access) networks BTS (Base Transceiver Station), NB (NodeB) in WCDMA (Wideband Code Division Multiple Access), eNB or eNodeB in LTE (Long Term Evolution) Evolutional NodeB). The network device may also be a wireless controller in a CRAN (Cloud Radio Access Network) scenario. The network device may also be a base station device in a future 5G network or a network device in a future evolved PLMN network. The network device can also be a wearable device or a vehicle-mounted device. The network device may also be a transmission and reception point (Transmission and Reception Point, TRP). Network equipment can also refer to a general term for all equipment on the network side. For example, when multiple TRPs are used to transmit data to a terminal device, the multiple TRPs are collectively referred to as network equipment.
本申请实施例中,终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以部署在陆地上,包括室内或室外、手持、穿戴或车载;也可以部署在水面上(如轮船等);还可以部署在空中(例如飞机、气球和卫星上等)。所述终端设备可以是手机(mobile phone)、平板电脑(Pad)、带无线收发功能的电脑、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)终端设备、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)终端设备、工业控制(industrial control)中的无线终端、车载终端设备、无人驾驶(self driving)中的无线终端、远程医疗(remote medical)中的无线终端、智能电网(smart grid)中的无线终端、运输安全(transportation safety)中的无线终端、智慧城市(smart city)中的无线终端、智慧家庭(smart home)中的无线终端、可穿戴终端设备等等。 本申请的实施例对应用场景不做限定。终端设备有时也可以称为终端、用户设备(user equipment,UE)、接入终端设备、车载终端、工业控制终端、UE单元、UE站、移动站、移动台、远方站、远程终端设备、移动设备、UE代理或UE装置等。终端设备也可以是固定的或者移动的。In the embodiments of this application, the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be deployed on land, including indoor or outdoor, handheld, wearable or vehicle-mounted; it can also be deployed on the water (such as a ship, etc.); it can also be deployed In the air (for example, on airplanes, balloons, satellites, etc.). The terminal equipment may be a mobile phone (mobile phone), a tablet computer (Pad), a computer with wireless transceiver function, virtual reality (VR) terminal equipment, augmented reality (AR) terminal equipment, industrial control ( Wireless terminals in industrial control, in-vehicle terminal equipment, wireless terminals in self-driving, wireless terminals in remote medical, wireless terminals in smart grid, transportation safety (transportation) Wireless terminals in safety), wireless terminals in smart cities, wireless terminals in smart homes, wearable terminal devices, and so on. The embodiments of this application do not limit the application scenarios. Terminal equipment can sometimes also be referred to as terminal, user equipment (UE), access terminal equipment, vehicle-mounted terminal, industrial control terminal, UE unit, UE station, mobile station, mobile station, remote station, remote terminal equipment, mobile Equipment, UE agent or UE device, etc. The terminal device can also be fixed or mobile.
网络设备会采用一个特定的发送波束在特定的时频资源上向终端设备发送PDSCH,终端设备获知该特定的发送波束和特定时频资源,才会采用正确的接收波束(即与该发送波束相对应的接收波束)并在特定的时频资源上接收网络设备发送的PDSCH。在3GPP R15协议中,发送波束的相关信息可以通过PDCCH的下行控制信息(Downlink Control Information,DCI)中的TCI(Transmission Configuration Indication,传输配置指示)字段进行指示的。TCI字段大小为3bit,可以具体表示8个不同的值(codepoint)。TCI字段的每个值对应一个TCI-state的索引,该TCI-state的索引可以唯一标识一个TCI-state。TCI-state包括若干参数,通过这些参数可以确定发送波束的相关信息。例如,TCI-state中包括一个参考信号资源,该参考信号资源用来指示发送波束的信息(参考信号资源与波束具有对应关系),特定的时频资源也可以通过PDCCH中的DCI进行指示。但是,目前的技术方案中,终端设备必须完成对PDCCH译码,获得PDSCH的传输参数后,网络设备才能发送PDSCH,否则,终端设备无法准确接收网络设备所发送的PDSCH,这种方式会造成数据传输的时延较大。The network device will use a specific transmission beam to send PDSCH to the terminal device on a specific time-frequency resource. Only when the terminal device knows the specific transmission beam and the specific time-frequency resource, will it adopt the correct reception beam (that is, the same as the transmission beam). Corresponding receiving beam) and receive the PDSCH sent by the network device on a specific time-frequency resource. In the 3GPP R15 protocol, the related information of the transmission beam can be indicated through the TCI (Transmission Configuration Indication) field in the Downlink Control Information (DCI) of the PDCCH. The size of the TCI field is 3 bits, which can specifically represent 8 different values (codepoint). Each value of the TCI field corresponds to a TCI-state index, and the TCI-state index can uniquely identify a TCI-state. The TCI-state includes several parameters, through which the relevant information of the transmission beam can be determined. For example, the TCI-state includes a reference signal resource, which is used to indicate the information of the transmission beam (the reference signal resource has a corresponding relationship with the beam), and the specific time-frequency resource can also be indicated by the DCI in the PDCCH. However, in the current technical solution, the terminal device must complete the decoding of the PDCCH and obtain the transmission parameters of the PDSCH before the network device can send the PDSCH. Otherwise, the terminal device cannot accurately receive the PDSCH sent by the network device. This method will cause data The transmission delay is relatively large.
对于高可靠低时延通信(Ultra-Reliable and Low Latency Communications,URLLC),对于数据传输的时延和可靠性要求比较高。为了提高URLLC数据传输的可靠性,可以采用多个TCI-state分时重复传输PDSCH,该重复传输的PDSCH携带同一数据的相同或不同RV(Redundant version,冗余版本)。每个TCI-state可以对应一个波束,可选的,可以是采用同一TRP的多个波束来重复传输PDSCH。可选的,一个TCI-state也可以对应一个TRP,即通过多个TRP来重复传输PDSCH,每个TRP采用一个波束。例如图4所示,在两个不同的时间,分别采用两个TCI-state(TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2)中的一个来重复传输PDSCH,来提高数据传输的可靠性。其中,PDSCH#1和PDSCH#2是同一数据的重复传输,例如PDSCH#1和PDSCH#2携带同一数据的相同或不同RV。For ultra-reliable and low latency communications (URLLC), the latency and reliability requirements for data transmission are relatively high. In order to improve the reliability of URLLC data transmission, multiple TCI-states may be used to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH in a time-sharing manner. The repeated PDSCHs carry the same or different RV (Redundant version) of the same data. Each TCI-state can correspond to one beam, and optionally, multiple beams of the same TRP can be used to repeatedly transmit PDSCH. Optionally, one TCI-state can also correspond to one TRP, that is, multiple TRPs are used to repeatedly transmit PDSCH, and each TRP uses one beam. For example, as shown in Figure 4, at two different times, one of the two TCI-states (TCI-
本申请实施例中,采用多个TCI-state分时重复传输PDSCH时,可以确定各次PDSCH传输的相关参数,如各次PDSCH传输对应的TCI-state,以及时频资源位置,本申请实施例中,为了保证PDSCH传输的可靠性以及低时延,可以不用等到终端设备从PDCCH中解析获得PDSCH的时频资源位置和所采用的TCI-state后网络设备才发送PDSCH,而是可以在终端设备解析PDCCH获得PDSCH的传输参数之前,即可发送PDSCH。In the embodiment of the present application, when multiple TCI-states are used to repeatedly transmit the PDSCH in time sharing, the relevant parameters of each PDSCH transmission can be determined, such as the TCI-state corresponding to each PDSCH transmission, and the time-frequency resource location. In order to ensure the reliability of PDSCH transmission and low delay, the network device does not need to wait until the terminal device parses the PDCCH to obtain the time-frequency resource location of the PDSCH and the adopted TCI-state before sending the PDSCH, but can send the PDSCH in the terminal device Before analyzing the PDCCH to obtain the transmission parameters of the PDSCH, the PDSCH can be sent.
本申请实施例中,终端可以根据PDCCH的时频资源位置信息,确定每次PDSCH传输所对应的时域范围,各次PDSCH传输所采用的TCI-state可以与各次PDCCH传输所采用的TCI-state相同,终端设备可以采用各次PDSCH传输所对应的TCI-state,缓存各次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围内的信号,当后续通过解析PDCCH,获得各次PDSCH传输的具体时频资源后,再对该具体时频资源上的信号进行合并译码,得到各次PDSCH传输。In the embodiment of this application, the terminal can determine the time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission according to the time-frequency resource location information of the PDCCH. The TCI-state used in each PDSCH transmission can be the same as the TCI-state used in each PDCCH transmission. The state is the same. The terminal device can use the TCI-state corresponding to each PDSCH transmission to buffer the signals in the time domain corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. After subsequent analysis of the PDCCH, the specific time-frequency resources of each PDSCH transmission are obtained. Then, the signals on the specific time-frequency resources are combined and decoded to obtain each PDSCH transmission.
本申请实施例描述的网络架构以及业务场景是为了更加清楚的说明本申请实施例的技术方案,并不构成对于本申请实施例提供的技术方案的限定,本领域普通技术人员可知, 随着网络架构的演变和新业务场景的出现,本申请实施例提供的技术方案对于类似的技术问题,同样适用。The network architecture and business scenarios described in the embodiments of this application are intended to explain the technical solutions of the embodiments of this application more clearly, and do not constitute a limitation on the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of this application. Those of ordinary skill in the art will know that with the network With the evolution of the architecture and the emergence of new business scenarios, the technical solutions provided in the embodiments of the present application are equally applicable to similar technical problems.
基于图2所示的网络架构,下面将对本申请实施例提供的物理下行共享信道传输方法进行详细介绍。在介绍过程中,网络设备与终端设备之间交互的信息的名称用于举例,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。Based on the network architecture shown in FIG. 2, the physical downlink shared channel transmission method provided by the embodiment of the present application will be introduced in detail below. During the introduction, the names of the information exchanged between the network device and the terminal device are used as examples, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiments of the present application.
请参见图3,为本申请实施例提供的一种物理下行共享信道传输方法的流程示意图,该方法可以包括但不限于如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 3, which is a schematic flowchart of a physical downlink shared channel transmission method provided by an embodiment of this application. The method may include but is not limited to the following steps:
步骤S301,网络设备采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道(Physical downlink shared channel,PDSCH)传输,第一时域资源是第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,所述第一时域范围由物理下行控制信道(Physical downlink control channel,PDCCH)的时域资源信息确定,所述PDCCH用于调度所述PDSCH,所述第i次PDSCH为N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。Step S301: The network device uses the first time domain resource to perform the i-th physical downlink shared channel (PDSCH) transmission, where the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission Or a full set, the first time domain range is determined by time domain resource information of a physical downlink control channel (PDCCH), the PDCCH is used to schedule the PDSCH, and the i-th PDSCH is N repetitions For one transmission in transmission, the N is an integer greater than or equal to 2.
步骤S302,终端设备根据PDCCH的时域资源信息,确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围;Step S302: The terminal device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the time domain resource information of the PDCCH;
本申请实施例中,PDCCH可以重复传输,也可以不重复传输,即可以传输M=1次,也可以传输M>1次。PDSCH重复传输N次,第i次PDSCH传输可以是该N次重复传输中的一次传输,其中,上述N次重复传输的PDSCH为同一数据对应的相同或者不同冗余版本(Redundant version,RV)。通过N次重复传输PDCSH可以提高数据传输的可靠性。In the embodiment of the present application, the PDCCH may be repeatedly transmitted or not, that is, it may be transmitted M=1 times, or may be transmitted M>1 times. The PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted N times, and the i-th PDSCH transmission may be one of the N repeated transmissions, where the PDSCH of the N repeated transmissions is the same or different redundancy version (Redundant version, RV) corresponding to the same data. The reliability of data transmission can be improved by repeatedly transmitting PDCSH N times.
网络设备根据PDCCH的时域资源信息,确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围,并调度第i次PDSCH传输在所确定的第一时域范围内传输。其中,i取值不同,所确定的第一时域范围是不同的,即i的一种取值对应一个第一时域范围。The network device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the time-domain resource information of the PDCCH, and schedules the i-th PDSCH transmission to be transmitted within the determined first time domain range. Where the value of i is different, the determined first time domain range is different, that is, a value of i corresponds to a first time domain range.
对应的,终端设备根据PDCCH的时域资源信息,确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围,进一步接收第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围内的信号,并缓存该第一时域范围内的信号。可以理解的是,终端设备确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的确定方式与网络设备确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的确定方式相同。Correspondingly, the terminal device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the time domain resource information of the PDCCH, further receives the signal in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, and buffers the first time domain range. Signal in the time domain. It can be understood that the manner in which the terminal device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is the same as the manner in which the network device determines the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission.
可选的,在不同的传输场景中,所依据的PDCCH的时域资源信息是不同的,本申请实施例中,网络设备可以预先通过直接或者间接的方式将各次PDCCH传输的时域资源指示给终端设备。Optionally, in different transmission scenarios, the time-domain resource information of the PDCCH on which it is based is different. In this embodiment of the present application, the network device may directly or indirectly indicate the time-domain resource of each PDCCH transmission in advance. To the terminal equipment.
下面以图5和图6两种传输场景,分别阐述根据PDCCH的时域资源信息,确定第i次PDSCH传输所在的第一时域范围。The following two transmission scenarios are shown in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 to respectively illustrate the determination of the first time domain range where the i-th PDSCH transmission is located according to the time domain resource information of the PDCCH.
请参照图5,为本申请实施例提供的一种PDCCH和PDSCH传输示意图,在该实施例中,PDSCH和PDCCH均可以进行重复传输,例如,PDSCH重复传输的次数为N,PDCCH重复传输的次数为M,其中,M可以等于N,或者M可以大于N,或者M可以小于N,本申请实施例不作限定。Please refer to FIG. 5, which is a schematic diagram of PDCCH and PDSCH transmission provided by an embodiment of this application. In this embodiment, both PDSCH and PDCCH can be repeatedly transmitted. For example, the number of repeated transmissions of PDSCH is N and the number of repeated transmissions of PDCCH Is M, where M can be equal to N, or M can be greater than N, or M can be less than N, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
其中,第i次PDSCH传输与第i次PDCCH传输可以配对进行传输,即一次PDSCH传输对应一次PDCCH传输。其中,若PDCCH重复传输的次数M大于PDSCH重复传输的次数N,后续M-N次PDCCH传输可以单独传输,若PDCCH重复传输的次数M小于 PDSCH重复传输的次数N,后续N-M次PDSCH传输可以单独传输。Among them, the i-th PDSCH transmission and the i-th PDCCH transmission can be paired for transmission, that is, one PDSCH transmission corresponds to one PDCCH transmission. Wherein, if the number of repeated PDCCH transmissions M is greater than the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions N, subsequent M-N PDCCH transmissions can be transmitted separately, and if the number of PDCCH repeated transmissions M is less than the number of PDSCH repeated transmissions N, the subsequent N-M PDSCH transmissions can be transmitted separately.
上述PDCCH的M次重复传输可以采用K个TCI-state进行传输,其中,K的值可以小于M,或者K的值可以等于M,或者K的值可以大于M。若K的值小于M,则可以循环使用该K个TCI-state进行M次PDCCH重复传输,若K的值等于M,则K个TCI-state与M次PDCCH重复传输一一对应,若K的值大于M,则可以从K个TCI-state中选择M个TCI-state进行M次PDCCH重复传输,例如选前K个或后K个。The above M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH may use K TCI-states for transmission, where the value of K may be less than M, or the value of K may be equal to M, or the value of K may be greater than M. If the value of K is less than M, the K TCI-states can be used for repeated PDCCH transmissions for M times. If the value of K is equal to M, then K TCI-states correspond to M PDCCH repeated transmissions one-to-one. If the value is greater than M, M TCI-states can be selected from K TCI-states for M PDCCH repeated transmissions, for example, the first K or the last K are selected.
可选的,K的值可以是协议规定的默认值(例如K=2),也可以是终端设备通过能力上报过程上报给网络设备的值,也可以是通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信令指示给终端设备的,也可以是通过其他配置参数间接确定的。例如,K个TCI-state为PDCCH对应的一个控制资源集(Control Resource Set,CORESET)所激活的K个TCI-state,即一个CORESET可激活K个TCI-state,或者,K个TCI-state为PDCCH对应的K个控制资源集所激活的K个TCI-state的数量,即一个控制资源集激活一个激活的TCI-state。进一步可选的,K的值也可以是PDCCH对应的CORESET所关联的盲检空间(例如searchSpace)数。K的值也可以是PDCCH对应的CORESET所关联的盲检空间(例如:searchSpace)包含的侦听机会(例如:monitor occasion)数。K的值也可以是PDCCH对应的盲检空间(例如:searchSpace)所关联的CORESET数。或者,K个TCI-state也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令指示给终端设备进行PDCCH重复传输的。Optionally, the value of K can be the default value specified by the protocol (for example, K=2), or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be through RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or The DCI signaling indicated to the terminal equipment may also be indirectly determined through other configuration parameters. For example, K TCI-states are K TCI-states activated by a Control Resource Set (CORESET) corresponding to PDCCH, that is, one CORESET can activate K TCI-states, or K TCI-states are The number of K TCI-states activated by the K control resource sets corresponding to the PDCCH, that is, one control resource set activates one activated TCI-state. Further optionally, the value of K may also be the number of blind space (for example, searchSpace) associated with CORESET corresponding to the PDCCH. The value of K may also be the number of listening opportunities (e.g., monitor occasion) included in the blind detection space (e.g., searchSpace) associated with the CORESET corresponding to the PDCCH. The value of K may also be the number of CORESETs associated with the blind space (for example, searchSpace) corresponding to the PDCCH. Alternatively, the K TCI-states may also be instructed by the network device to perform PDCCH repeated transmission to the terminal device through RRC signaling.
可选的,M的值可以采用上述确定K的值的方法进行确定。此外,还可以通过K的值来计算得到。例如,M等于K,或M等于K的整数倍,或M等于K加上一个正整数或减去一个正整数等。Optionally, the value of M can be determined using the above-mentioned method of determining the value of K. In addition, it can also be calculated by the value of K. For example, M is equal to K, or M is equal to an integer multiple of K, or M is equal to K plus a positive integer or minus a positive integer, etc.
可选的,N的值可以采用上述确定K的值的方法进行确定。此外,还可以通过K或者M的值计算得到。例如,N等于M,或N等于M的整数倍,或N等于M加上一个正整数或减去一个正整数等。又例如,N等于K,或N等于K的整数倍,或N等于K加上一个正整数或减去一个正整数等。Optionally, the value of N can be determined using the above-mentioned method of determining the value of K. In addition, it can also be calculated by the value of K or M. For example, N is equal to M, or N is equal to an integer multiple of M, or N is equal to M plus a positive integer or minus a positive integer, etc. For another example, N is equal to K, or N is equal to an integer multiple of K, or N is equal to K plus a positive integer or minus a positive integer.
其中,上述PDCCH的M次重复传输采用K个TCI-state进行传输的传输方式包括但不限于以下可选的方式:Wherein, the above-mentioned M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH use K TCI-states for transmission, including but not limited to the following optional methods:
若M等于K时,则分别采用上述K个TCI-state中的一个来进行一次PDCCH传输;即PDCCH的重复传输次数与TCI-state是一一对应的关系。If M is equal to K, one of the above K TCI-states is used to perform one PDCCH transmission; that is, there is a one-to-one correspondence between the number of repeated transmissions of the PDCCH and the TCI-state.
若M大于K时,可以采用以下两种可选的方式来进行各次PDCCH传输。If M is greater than K, the following two optional methods can be used to perform each PDCCH transmission.
第一种可选的方式,采用轮询的方式,按照特定顺序依次遍历各个TCI-state来进行各次PDCCH传输。具体的,第一次传输采用第一个TCI-state,第二次传输采用第二个TCI-state,以此类推,第K次传输采用第K个TCI-state。超过K次传输后,再次采用前K次传输所采用的TCI-state顺序,依次遍历各TCI-state进行传输,即第K+1次传输采用第一个TCI-state,第K+2次传输采用第二个TCI-state,以此类推。The first optional method uses a polling method to sequentially traverse each TCI-state in a specific order to perform each PDCCH transmission. Specifically, the first TCI-state is used for the first transmission, the second TCI-state is used for the second transmission, and so on, the Kth TCI-state is used for the Kth transmission. After more than K transmissions, the TCI-state sequence used in the previous K transmissions is used again, and each TCI-state is sequentially traversed for transmission, that is, the K+1 transmission uses the first TCI-state, and the K+2 transmission Use the second TCI-state, and so on.
例如,假设K=2,M=6,即采用2个TCI-state来进行6次PDCCH传输,该两个TCI-state分别为:TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2。则该6次PDCCH传输采用的TCI-state分别为{TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2,TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2,TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2}。该方法中的第i个TCI-state可以是指K个TCI-state中索引第i大或第i小的TCI-state,即按TCI-state索引的 大小顺序来依次遍历各个TCI-state,或者,也可以是按K个TCI-state在配置信息中的顺序依次遍历各个TCI-state,例如RRC信令配置了K个用于PDCCH重复传输的TCI-state。或者,若该K个TCI-state是MAC-CE激活的K个TCI-state,则也可以按K个TCI-state在激活信令MAC-CE中的顺序依次遍历各个TCI-state。或者,若该K个TCI-state是K个CORESET激活的K个TCI-state,也可以按照K个TCI-state对应的K个CORESET的索引的大小顺序依次遍历各个TCI-state。For example, assuming K=2 and M=6, that is, two TCI-states are used for 6 PDCCH transmissions, and the two TCI-states are respectively: TCI-
可选的,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state相同。例如,第一次PDSCH传输与第一次PDCCH传输采用相同TCI-state,第二次PDSCH传输与第二次PDCCH传输采用相同TCI-state,以此类推。Optionally, the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission is the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission. For example, the first PDSCH transmission and the first PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state, the second PDSCH transmission and the second PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state, and so on.
当PDSCH的重复传输次数N大于PDCCH的重复传输次数M时,后N-M次传输可以依次遍历前M次传输的TCI-state来分别进行传输。例如,PDSCH的重复传输次数N=5,PDCCH的重复传输次数M=3,PDCCH的重复传输采用三个TCI-state,该三个TCI-state分别是(TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2,TCI-state#3),那么前3次PDSCH重复传输分别采用TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2和TCI-state#3,后两次PDSCH传输分别采用TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2。或者,若PDSCH的重复传输次数N=5,PDCCH的重复传输次数M=3,PDCCH的重复传输采用两个TCI-state,该两个TCI-state分别是(TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2),那么前3次PDSCH重复传输分别采用TCI-state#1,TCI-state#2和TCI-state#1,后两次PDSCH传输可以采用TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2,或者,也可以是TCI-state#2和TCI-state#1,即依次循环采用TCI-state的K个TCI-state,本申请实施例不作限定。When the number of repeated transmissions N of the PDSCH is greater than the number M of repeated transmissions of the PDCCH, the next N-M transmissions can sequentially traverse the TCI-states of the previous M transmissions to perform transmissions respectively. For example, the number of repeated transmissions of PDSCH is N=5, the number of repeated transmissions of PDCCH is M=3, and the repeated transmission of PDCCH uses three TCI-states. The three TCI-states are (TCI-
第二种可选的方式,可以根据M的值大小和K的值大小,确定每个TCI-state被用于重复传输的次数,然后采用各个TCI-state进行连续传输,在连续传输完所确定的重复次数后,再采用另一个TCI-state进行连续重复传输。例如,K=2,M=6,则每个TCI-state被用于重复传输的次数为3,该两个TCI-state为TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2,采用该两个TCI-state来进行6次PDCCH重复传输,每个TCI-state对应3次PDCCH重复传输,那么前3次PDCCH传输采用TCI-state#1,后3次PDCCH传输采用TCI-state#2,6次PDCCH重复传输采用的TCI-state依次为{#1,#1,#1,#2,#2,#2}。又例如,假设K=2,M=5,则可以确定其中一个TCI-state被用于重复传输的次数为3,另一个TCI-state被用于重复传输的次数为2,如果该两个TCI-state为TCI-state#1和TCI-state#2,采用该两个TCI-state来进行5次PDCCH重复传输,可以是TCI-state#1对应3次PDCCH重复传输,TCI-state#2对应2次PDCCH重复传输,即前3次PDCCH传输采用TCI-state#1,后2次PDCCH传输采用TCI-state#2,5次PDCCH传输采用的TCI-state依次为{#1,#1,#1,#2,#2}。或者,也可以是TCI-state#1对应2次PDCCH重复传输,TCI-state#2对应3次PDCCH重复传输,即前2次PDCCH传输采用TCI-state#1,后3次PDCCH传输采用TCI-state#2,5次PDCCH传输采用的TCI-state依次为{#1,#1,#2,#2,#2},本申请实施例不作限定。The second alternative is to determine the number of times each TCI-state is used for repeated transmissions according to the value of M and the value of K, and then use each TCI-state for continuous transmission, and the determination is determined after continuous transmission. After the number of repetitions, another TCI-state is used for continuous repeated transmission. For example, K=2 and M=6, then the number of times each TCI-state is used for repeated transmission is 3. The two TCI-states are TCI-
可选的,该种实施方式中,第i次物理下行共享信道传输采用的TCI-state与第i次物理下行控制信道传输采用的TCI-state可以相同。例如,第一次PDSCH传输与第一次PDCCH传输采用相同TCI-state,第二次PDSCH传输与第二次PDCCH传输采用相同TCI-state,以此类推。可选的,该种实施方式中,M可以等于N。或者,M小于N时,即当PDSCH的 重复传输次数N大于PDCCH的重复传输次数M时,后N-M次传输也可以依次遍历前M次传输的TCI-state来分别进行传输。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink shared channel transmission may be the same as the TCI-state used in the i-th physical downlink control channel transmission. For example, the first PDSCH transmission and the first PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state, the second PDSCH transmission and the second PDCCH transmission use the same TCI-state, and so on. Optionally, in this implementation manner, M may be equal to N. Or, when M is less than N, that is, when the number of repeated transmissions of the PDSCH N is greater than the number of repeated transmissions of the PDCCH, the next N-M transmissions can also sequentially traverse the TCI-states of the previous M transmissions for transmission.
可以理解的是,上述各次PDCCH传输和PDSCH传输的传输参数(包括但不限于传输次数M、N、TCI-state数量K,所采用的TCI-state,PDCCH与PDSCH的对应关系等)也可以通过其他方法来确定,例如通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息来进行指示。It is understandable that the transmission parameters of the aforementioned PDCCH transmissions and PDSCH transmissions (including but not limited to the number of transmissions M, N, the number of TCI-states K, the adopted TCI-state, the correspondence between PDCCH and PDSCH, etc.) can also be It is determined by other methods, for example, RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information is used to indicate.
为了便于终端设备在从PDCCH获取PDSCH的相关传输参数(比如具体时频资源位置、调制编码方案等等)之前,网络设备进行PDSCH的传输,网络设备可以根据第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源信息和/或第i+1次PDCCH传输的时域资源信息,确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围,其中,第i+1次PDCCH传输为第i次PDCCH传输的下一次传输。网络设备调度第i次PDSCH传输在所确定的第一时域范围内传输。In order to facilitate the terminal device to obtain PDSCH related transmission parameters (such as specific time-frequency resource location, modulation and coding scheme, etc.) from the PDCCH, the network device transmits the PDSCH, and the network device can transmit the time domain resource information according to the i-th PDCCH transmission And/or the time domain resource information of the i+1th PDCCH transmission to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the ith PDSCH transmission, where the i+1th PDCCH transmission is the next transmission of the ith PDCCH transmission. The network device schedules the i-th PDSCH transmission to be transmitted within the determined first time domain range.
进一步可选的,还可以限定第i次PDSCH传输所在频域范围,例如,该频域范围可以是整个带宽分片(Bandwidth part,BWP)对应的频域资源,也可以是配置给终端的一个小区的整个带宽对应的频域资源,也可以是配置给终端设备的所有小区的带宽对应的频域资源,网络设备调度第i次PDSCH传输在该频域范围内传输。Further optionally, the frequency domain range in which the i-th PDSCH transmission is located may also be limited. For example, the frequency domain range may be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth part (Bandwidth part, BWP), or it may be a frequency domain resource configured to the terminal. The frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth of the cell may also be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the bandwidth of all the cells configured for the terminal device, and the network device schedules the i-th PDSCH transmission to be transmitted in the frequency domain range.
第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围可以由起始时域符号和截止时域符号确定。或者,第一时域范围也可以由起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定;或者,第一时域范围也可以由截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定。或者,第一时域范围也可以由起始时域符号、截止时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定。The first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol. Alternatively, the first time domain range may also be determined by the start time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range; or, the first time domain range may also be included by the end time domain symbol and the first time domain range The number of time domain symbols is determined. Alternatively, the first time domain range may also be determined by the start time domain symbol, the end time domain symbol, and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
其中,上述第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号,或者,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号,或者,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号或最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后对应的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数。偏移的时域符号数X可以是协议默认规定的,也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息指示给终端设备的,也可以是终端设备上报给网络设备的,例如通过终端能力上报过程上报给网络设备的。例如,X=1,且是从第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号偏移,则第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的最后一个时域符号之后的下一个时域符号。Wherein, the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the first time-domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission, or the first time-domain symbol corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission. The starting time domain symbol of a time domain range may be the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission, or the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be The first time domain symbol or the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the i-th PDCCH is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, and X is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The number of offset time-domain symbols X can be specified by the protocol by default, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information, or it can be reported to the network device by the terminal device, for example Reported to the network device through the terminal capability reporting process. For example, if X=1, and it is the offset from the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission, the starting time-domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the i-th The next time domain symbol after the last time domain symbol of the time domain resource transmitted by the second PDCCH.
其中,上述第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的截止时域符号可以第i+1次PDCCH传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号向前偏移Y个时域符号后对应的符号,Y为大于或者等于1的整数。偏移的时域符号数Y可以是协议默认规定的,也可以是网络设备通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息指示给终端设备的,也可以是终端设备上报给网络设备的,例如通过终端能力上报过程上报给网络设备的。例如,Y=1,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的截止时域符号是第i+1次PDCCH传输的时域资源的第一个时域符号之前的一个时域符号,即第i次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围不能与下一次PDCCH传输的时域资源重叠。若Y大于1,第i次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围与第i+1次PDCCH传输的时域资源之间有一定的符号间隔。例如,第i+1次PDCCH传输的第一个时域符号为符号10,第i次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围的最后一个时域符号为符号8,则符号间隔为1 个符号。Wherein, the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may correspond to the first time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i+1th PDCCH transmission shifted forward by Y time-domain symbols The symbol of Y is an integer greater than or equal to 1. The number of offset time-domain symbols Y can be specified by the protocol by default, or can be indicated to the terminal device by the network device through RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information, or it can be reported to the network device by the terminal device, for example Reported to the network device through the terminal capability reporting process. For example, Y=1, the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is a time-domain symbol before the first time-domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i+1th PDCCH transmission, that is The time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission cannot overlap with the time domain resources of the next PDCCH transmission. If Y is greater than 1, there is a certain symbol interval between the time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission and the time domain resource of the i+1th PDCCH transmission. For example, if the first time domain symbol of the i+1th PDCCH transmission is symbol 10, and the last time domain symbol of the time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is symbol 8, the symbol interval is 1 symbol.
上述第一时域范围包含的时域符号数可以是协议默认规定的,或网络设备指示给终端设备的,例如通过RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信息指示给终端设备的,或终端设备上报给网络设备的,例如通过终端能力上报过程上报给网络设备的,或者根据第一时域范围的起始符号和截止符号确定的。可选的,N次重复传输的PDSCH中每次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围包含的符号数可以是相同的,例如,N=3,第一次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围、第二次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围、第三次PDSCH传输对应的时域范围所包含的时域符号数可以均为3个时域符号。The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range may be specified by the protocol by default, or indicated to the terminal device by the network device, for example, indicated to the terminal device through RRC signaling or MAC CE signaling or DCI information, or the terminal device Reported to the network device, for example, reported to the network device through the terminal capability reporting process, or determined according to the start symbol and the end symbol of the first time domain range. Optionally, the number of symbols contained in the time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission in the PDSCH repeatedly transmitted for N times may be the same, for example, N=3, the time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, and the second PDSCH transmission The time domain range corresponding to the transmission and the number of time domain symbols included in the time domain range corresponding to the third PDSCH transmission may both be 3 time domain symbols.
可选的,当采用起始时域符号和时域符号数来确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围时,如果确定的第一时域范围的截止时域符号超过特定的符号门限,截止时域符号的编号大于符号门限的编号,则采用该符号门限来作为截止时域符号,和上述起始时域符号一起,重新确定第一时域范围。符号门限可以是第i+1次PDCCH传输的起始时域符号向前偏移Y(Y大于或等于1)个时域符号对应的符号,例如Y等于1时,上述符号门限指第i+1次PDCCH传输的起始时域符号的前一个时域符号。或者,如果根据截止时域符号和符号数确定的第一时域范围的起始时域符号小于特定符号门限,即起始时域符号的编号小于符号门限的编号,则采用该符号门限来作为起始时域符号,和上述截止时域符号一起,重新确定第一时域范围。Optionally, when the start time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols are used to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, if the determined cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain range exceeds a specific symbol threshold If the number of the cut-off time domain symbol is greater than the number of the symbol threshold, the symbol threshold is used as the cut-off time domain symbol, and the first time domain range is re-determined together with the above-mentioned start time domain symbol. The symbol threshold may be the symbol corresponding to the time domain symbol shifted forward by Y (Y greater than or equal to 1) time domain symbols of the starting time domain symbol of the i+1th PDCCH transmission. For example, when Y is equal to 1, the above symbol threshold refers to the i+th symbol threshold. The time domain symbol before the start time domain symbol of one PDCCH transmission. Or, if the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range determined according to the cutoff time domain symbol and the number of symbols is less than the specific symbol threshold, that is, the number of the start time domain symbol is less than the symbol threshold number, then the symbol threshold is used as The start time domain symbol, together with the above end time domain symbol, redefine the first time domain range.
上述方法采用第i次PDCCH传输和第i+1次PDCCH传输的时域资源来确定第i次PDSCH传输的第一时域范围时,如果存在第i次PDCCH传输,而不存在第i+1次PDCCH传输,即PDCCH传输次数等于i,若是通过起始时域符号和截止时域符号来确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围时,由于不存在第i+1次PDCCH传输,因此也就无法通过第i+1次PDCCH传输确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的截止时域符号,本申请实施例中,可以通过第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号和所包含的时域符号数来确定,其中,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围所包括的时域符号数可以通过之前某次PDSCH传输(如第1次PDSCH传输)的第一时域范围包括的时域符号数来确定。例如,各次PDSCH传输所对应的第一时域范围所包括的时域符号数是相等的,则确定第一次PDSCH传输所对应的第一时域范围所包括的时域符号数时,就可以确定第i次PDSCH传输所对应的第一时域范围所包括的时域符号数。可选的,可以根据第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围包含的时域符号数,来确定后续各次PDSCH传输的第一时域范围包含的时域符号数,以及确定后续各次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围。例如,第一次PDSCH传输的第一时域范围通过起始时域符号和截止时域符号来确定。确定了第一次PDSCH传输的第一时域范围后,就能确定第一次PDSCH传输的第一时域范围包含的时域符号数。对于后续各次PDSCH传输,可以根据该一次PDSCH传输的第一时域范围包含的时域符号数,以及起始时域符号或截止时域符号来确定后续各次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围。When the above method uses the time domain resources of the i-th PDCCH transmission and the i+1-th PDCCH transmission to determine the first time-domain range of the i-th PDSCH transmission, if there is an i-th PDCCH transmission, there is no i+1-th PDCCH transmission. The second PDCCH transmission, that is, the number of PDCCH transmissions is equal to i. If the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol, since there is no i+1th PDCCH transmission, Therefore, it is impossible to determine the cutoff time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission through the i+1th PDCCH transmission. In the embodiment of the present application, the first time domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be used The starting time domain symbol of the range and the number of time domain symbols included are determined, where the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission can be determined by a previous PDSCH transmission (for example, the first PDSCH transmission). The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range of the second PDSCH transmission) is determined. For example, if the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission is equal, when the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission is determined, then The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission can be determined. Optionally, the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range of each subsequent PDSCH transmission can be determined according to the number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, and the number of subsequent PDSCH transmissions can be determined. The first time domain range corresponding to PDSCH transmission. For example, the first time domain range of the first PDSCH transmission is determined by the start time domain symbol and the end time domain symbol. After the first time domain range of the first PDSCH transmission is determined, the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range of the first PDSCH transmission can be determined. For each subsequent PDSCH transmission, the first time domain corresponding to each subsequent PDSCH transmission can be determined according to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range of this PDSCH transmission, and the start time domain symbol or the end time domain symbol range.
进一步可选的,如果连第i次PDCCH传输都不存在,即PDCCH传输次数小于i,PDSCH重复传输的次数大于PDCCH重复传输的次数,则第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以通过之前某次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围来确定。例如,第i 次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围包含的时域符号数与前一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围所包含的时域符号数相等。进一步,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i-1次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的截止时域符号的下一个时域符号,或者可以是第i-1次PDSCH传输的截止时域符号后的第一个下行时域符号,或者可以是第i-1次PDSCH传输的起始时域符号或截止时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后的符号,X可以大于或者等于1,或者可以是第i-1次PDSCH传输所在时隙的下一时隙的第一个时域符号,或第四个时域符号,或第一个下行时域符号。Further optionally, if even the i-th PDCCH transmission does not exist, that is, the number of PDCCH transmissions is less than i, and the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions is greater than the number of repeated PDCCH transmissions, then the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission The initial time domain symbol can be determined by the first time domain range corresponding to a previous PDSCH transmission. For example, the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is equal to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range corresponding to the previous PDSCH transmission. Further, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the next time domain symbol of the end time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission, or may be It is the first downlink time domain symbol after the cutoff time domain symbol of the i-1th PDSCH transmission, or it can be the start time domain symbol or the cutoff time domain symbol of the i-1th PDSCH transmission shifted backward by X The symbol after the time domain symbol, X can be greater than or equal to 1, or it can be the first time domain symbol, or the fourth time domain symbol, or the first time domain symbol of the next time slot of the i-1th PDSCH transmission time slot. Downlink time domain symbols.
可选的,在上述方法中,如果确定的第一时域范围中包括上行时域符号,则在实际传输中可以忽略该上行时域符号。例如,第一时域范围包括4个时域符号,其中有一个上行时域符号,三个下行时域符号。那么,实际传输PDSCH时,会在这三个下行时域符号上传输。或者,如果确定的第一时域符号范围中包括上行时域符号,则在实际传输中忽略本次传输。例如,按照上述方法确定了四次PDSCH传输中各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域范围。如果其中一个第一时域范围中包含上行时域符号,则该第一时域范围内不传输PDSCH,即放弃该次PDSCH传输。或者,在确定各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域范围时,遇到上行时域符号,则跳过该上行时域符号。例如,根据起始时域符号和第一时域范围包含的时域符号数确定第一时域范围时,如果遇到上行时域符号则跳过该上行时域符号,确保第一时域范围包含的下行时域符号数等于上述第一时域范围包含的时域符号数。Optionally, in the foregoing method, if an uplink time domain symbol is included in the determined first time domain range, the uplink time domain symbol may be ignored in actual transmission. For example, the first time domain range includes 4 time domain symbols, including one uplink time domain symbol and three downlink time domain symbols. Then, when the PDSCH is actually transmitted, it will be transmitted on these three downlink time domain symbols. Or, if the uplink time domain symbols are included in the determined first time domain symbol range, this transmission is ignored in actual transmission. For example, according to the foregoing method, the first time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission in the four PDSCH transmissions is determined. If one of the first time domain ranges includes uplink time domain symbols, the PDSCH is not transmitted in the first time domain range, that is, the PDSCH transmission is abandoned. Or, when determining the first time domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission, if an uplink time domain symbol is encountered, the uplink time domain symbol is skipped. For example, when the first time domain range is determined according to the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain range, if an uplink time domain symbol is encountered, the uplink time domain symbol is skipped to ensure the first time domain range The number of included downlink time domain symbols is equal to the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range.
请参照图6,为本申请实施例提供的另一种PDCCH和PDSCH传输示意图,在该实施例中,PDSCH和PDCCH是分别进行传输的,即先进行PDCCH传输,当PDCCH传输完成后,再进行PDSCH重复传输。Please refer to FIG. 6, another schematic diagram of PDCCH and PDSCH transmission provided in this embodiment of the application. In this embodiment, PDSCH and PDCCH are transmitted separately, that is, PDCCH transmission is performed first, and after PDCCH transmission is completed, PDSCH is repeatedly transmitted.
可选的,PDCCH可以传输一次,或者可以是进行重复传输,本申请实施例中,PDSCH重复传输的次数为N,PDCCH传输的次数为M,M可以是大于或者等于1的整数,若M=1,则说明PDCCH未进行重复传输。可选的,若M大于1,则M可以等于N,或者M可以大于N,或者M可以小于N,本申请实施例不作限定。Optionally, the PDCCH can be transmitted once, or can be repeated transmission. In the embodiment of the present application, the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions is N, the number of PDCCH transmissions is M, and M can be an integer greater than or equal to 1, if M= 1, it means that the PDCCH is not repeatedly transmitted. Optionally, if M is greater than 1, M can be equal to N, or M can be greater than N, or M can be less than N, which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
上述PDCCH的M次重复传输可以采用K个TCI-state进行传输,其中,K的值可以小于M,或者K的值可以等于M,或者K的值可以大于M。若K的值小于M,则可以循环使用该K个TCI-state进行M次PDCCH重复传输,若K的值等于M,则K个TCI-state与M次PDCCH重复传输一一对应,若K的值大于M,则可以从K个TCI-state中选择M个TCI-state进行M次PDCCH重复传输。The above M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH may use K TCI-states for transmission, where the value of K may be less than M, or the value of K may be equal to M, or the value of K may be greater than M. If the value of K is less than M, the K TCI-states can be used for repeated PDCCH transmissions for M times. If the value of K is equal to M, then K TCI-states correspond to M PDCCH repeated transmissions one-to-one. If the value is greater than M, M TCI-states can be selected from K TCI-states for M PDCCH repeated transmissions.
其中,对于M、N和K的值的取值方式可以参照图5实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。其中,上述PDCCH的M次重复传输采用K个TCI-state进行传输的传输方式,也可以参照图5实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。For the values of M, N, and K, reference may be made to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here. Wherein, the above-mentioned M repeated transmission of the PDCCH adopts the transmission mode of K TCI-states for transmission. The description of the embodiment in FIG. 5 can also be referred to, and the details are not repeated here.
可选的,该种实施方式中,第i次PDSCH传输采用的TCI-state与第i次PDCCH传输采用的TCI-state也可以相同。若PDCCH重复传输次数M小于PDSCH重复传输次数N时,则N-M次PDSCH传输也可以遍历前M次传输所采用的TCI-state,具体请参照图5实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。Optionally, in this implementation manner, the TCI-state used in the i-th PDSCH transmission and the TCI-state used in the i-th PDCCH transmission may also be the same. If the number of repeated PDCCH transmissions M is less than the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions N, N-M PDSCH transmissions can also traverse the TCI-state used for the previous M transmissions. For details, please refer to the description of the embodiment in FIG. 5, which will not be repeated here.
为了便于终端设备在从PDCCH获取PDSCH的相关传输参数(比如具体时频资源位置、调制编码方案等等)之前,网络设备进行N次PDSCH的重复传输时,网络设备可以根据 第M次PDCCH的时域资源信息,确定第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围,其中,第M次PDCCH传输为PDCCH的M次重复传输中的最后一次,若M等于1(即PDCCH不重复传输),则第一次PDSCH即根据该一个PDCCH的时域资源信息确定第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围。In order to facilitate the terminal device to obtain the PDSCH related transmission parameters (such as specific time-frequency resource location, modulation and coding scheme, etc.) from the PDCCH, when the network device performs N times of repeated PDSCH transmission, the network device can be based on the M-th PDCCH time Domain resource information to determine the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, where the M-th PDCCH transmission is the last of the M repeated transmissions of the PDCCH. If M is equal to 1 (that is, the PDCCH is not repeatedly transmitted), then The first PDSCH determines the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission according to the time domain resource information of the one PDCCH.
可选的,其余第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围可以根据第i-1次PDSCH传输所对应的第一时域范围确定,其中,i为大于1的整数,比如第二次PDSCH传输是根据第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围确定,第三次PDSCH传输是根据第二次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围确定,以此类推。Optionally, the first time domain range corresponding to the other i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined according to the first time domain range corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission, where i is an integer greater than 1, such as the second PDSCH transmission The transmission is determined according to the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, the third PDSCH transmission is determined according to the first time domain range corresponding to the second PDSCH transmission, and so on.
进一步可选的,还可以限定N次PDSCH传输所在频域范围,例如,该频域范围可以是整个带宽分片(Bandwidth part,BWP)对应的频域资源,也可以是配置给终端的一个小区的整个带宽对应的频域资源,也可以是配置给终端设备的所有小区的带宽对应的频域资源,网络设备调度N次PDSCH传输在该频域范围内传输。Further optionally, the frequency domain range in which the N PDSCH transmissions are located may also be limited. For example, the frequency domain range may be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth part (Bandwidth part, BWP), or it may be a cell configured to the terminal The frequency domain resource corresponding to the entire bandwidth of, may also be the frequency domain resource corresponding to the bandwidth of all cells configured for the terminal equipment, and the network equipment schedules N PDSCH transmissions to be transmitted in this frequency domain.
可选的,第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围可以由该第一时域范围的起始时域符号和该第一时域范围所包含的时域符号数确定。第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围也可以由该第一时域范围的起始时域符号和该第一时域范围的截止时域符号来确定,例如采用起始时域符号所在的时隙的最后一个时域符号或最后一个下行时域符号作为截止时域符号。Optionally, the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may be determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range and the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain range. The first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission can also be determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range and the end time domain symbol of the first time domain range, for example, the location of the start time domain symbol is used. The last time domain symbol or the last downlink time domain symbol of the time slot is used as the cut-off time domain symbol.
在一种可能的设计中,第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第M次PDCCH传输的第一个时域符号或最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后得到的符号,X可以为大于或者等于1的整数。若X=1,且是从第M次PDCCH传输的最后一个时域符号向后进行偏移,则第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号是第M次PDCCH传输的最后一个时域符号之后的第一个下行时域符号。上述X的值可以是协议规定的默认值,也可以是终端设备通过能力上报过程上报给网络设备的值,也可以是RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信令指示给终端设备的。In a possible design, the first time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may be the first time domain symbol of the Mth PDCCH transmission or the last time domain symbol offset backward The symbol obtained after X time-domain symbols, X can be an integer greater than or equal to 1. If X=1, and it is offset backward from the last time domain symbol of the Mth PDCCH transmission, the first time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission is the Mth PDCCH transmission The first downlink time domain symbol after the last time domain symbol. The foregoing value of X may be a default value specified by the protocol, or a value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
可选的,第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号也可以是该PDSCH对应的PDCCH所在时隙的下一时隙的第一个时域符号,或者第四个时域符号。若第一个时域符号是上行符号,则继续向后偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号,或向前偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号。若第四个时域符号是上行时域符号,则继续向后偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号,或向前偏移,直到遇到第一个下行时域符号。可以理解的是,上述下一时隙的第一个时域符号、第四个时域符号仅为举例,还可以是下一时隙的其他时域符号,比如,第二个、第三个等等,本申请实施例不作限定。Optionally, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may also be the first time domain symbol of the next time slot of the time slot where the PDCCH corresponding to the PDSCH is located, or the fourth time domain symbol. Domain symbol. If the first time domain symbol is an uplink symbol, continue to shift backward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered, or shift forward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered. If the fourth time domain symbol is an uplink time domain symbol, continue to shift backward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered, or shift forward until the first downlink time domain symbol is encountered. It is understandable that the first time domain symbol and the fourth time domain symbol of the above next time slot are only examples, and they can also be other time domain symbols of the next time slot, such as the second, third, etc. , The embodiments of this application are not limited.
除第一次PDSCH传输外的,其余各次PDSCH传输(比如第i次PDSCH传输,i为大于1的整数)对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是前一次PDSCH传输(即第i-1次PDSCH传输)对应的第一时域范围的第一个时域符号或者最后一个时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后的符号,X为大于或者等于1的整数,若X=1,且是从前一次PDSCH传输的最后一个时域符号进行偏移,则第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号是第i-1次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的最后一个时域符号之后的第一个时域符号。若X大于1,则第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号可以是第i-1次PDSCH 传输对应的第一时域范围的最后一个时域符号加上固定间隔后的时域符号。Except for the first PDSCH transmission, the other PDSCH transmissions (for example, the i-th PDSCH transmission, where i is an integer greater than 1) correspond to the start time domain symbol of the first time domain range, which can be the previous PDSCH transmission (ie (I-1th PDSCH transmission) corresponding to the first time domain symbol of the first time domain range or the last time domain symbol shifted backward by X time domain symbols, X is an integer greater than or equal to 1, If X = 1, and it is offset from the last time domain symbol of the previous PDSCH transmission, the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission The first time domain symbol after the last time domain symbol of the first time domain range. If X is greater than 1, the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be the last time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission plus a fixed interval The time domain symbol after the.
各次PDSCH传输分部对应的第一时域范围所包含的时域符号数可以是均相等的。具体值可以是协议规定的默认值,也可以是终端设备通过能力上报过程上报给网络设备的值,也可以是RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信令指示给终端设备的。The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range corresponding to each PDSCH transmission subsection may be equal. The specific value can be the default value specified by the protocol, or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
或者,在该实施例中,也可以是通过根据PDSCH所在时隙中,可用于PDSCH传输的下行时域符号数来确定。例如,在该时隙中,排在PDCCH后的(如果调度该PDSCH的PDCCH也在该时隙传输)下行时域符号数有X个,PDSCH重复传输的次数为N,则每次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围包含的时域符号数为X除以Z再向下取整。Or, in this embodiment, it can also be determined according to the number of downlink time domain symbols available for PDSCH transmission in the time slot where the PDSCH is located. For example, in this time slot, the number of downlink time domain symbols that are arranged after the PDCCH (if the PDCCH that schedules the PDSCH is also transmitted in this time slot) is X, and the number of repeated PDSCH transmissions is N, then each PDSCH transmission corresponds to The number of time-domain symbols included in the first time-domain range is X divided by Z and then rounded down.
其中,上述图5和图6的两种PDCCH和PDSCH传输的方式仅为举例示意,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定,PDCCH和PDSCH传输还可以是其他传输方式。The above-mentioned two PDCCH and PDSCH transmission modes in FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 are only examples, and do not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application. PDCCH and PDSCH transmission may also be other transmission modes.
可选的,如果终端设备在第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围内收到一个下行信号或下行信道,该下行信号或下行信道采用的TCI-state与通过上述方法确定的第i次PDSCH传输采用的TCI-state不相同时,终端设备放弃第i次PDSCH的接收。或者,如果终端设备在第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围内收到一个下行信号或下行信道,该下行信号或下行信道采用的TCI-state与通过上述方法确定的第i次PDSCH传输采用的TCI-state不相同时,终端设备放弃各次PDSCH的接收。Optionally, if the terminal device receives a downlink signal or downlink channel within the first time domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, the TCI-state used by the downlink signal or downlink channel is the same as the i-th time determined by the above method. When the TCI-states used for PDSCH transmission are not the same, the terminal device abandons the i-th PDSCH reception. Or, if the terminal device receives a downlink signal or downlink channel within the first time domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, the TCI-state used by the downlink signal or downlink channel is the same as the i-th PDSCH transmission determined by the above method. When the adopted TCI-states are not the same, the terminal device abandons each PDSCH reception.
网络设备采用与第i次PDSCH传输对应的TCI-state,在与第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围和第一频域范围内传输第i次PDSCH传输,其中,第i次PDSCH传输可以是在该第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围内的第一时域资源上传输,该第i次PDSCH传输所在的第一频域资源可以是上述第一频域范围中的子集或者全集。其中,第一时域资源可以是第一时域范围的全集或者子集。第一时域资源的确定方式可以参照步骤S303的描述,暂不赘述。其中,i的取值不同,第一时域范围是不同的,相应的,第一时域资源也是不同的,i的一种取值对应一个第一时域范围,一个第一时域范围内包括一个第一时域资源。The network equipment adopts the TCI-state corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, and transmits the i-th PDSCH transmission in the first time domain and the first frequency domain corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, where the i-th PDSCH transmission It may be transmitted on the first time domain resource in the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission, and the first frequency domain resource where the i-th PDSCH transmission is located may be the sub-indicator in the first frequency domain range. Collection or complete works. Wherein, the first time domain resource may be a complete set or a subset of the first time domain range. For the determination method of the first time domain resource, reference may be made to the description of step S303, which will not be repeated here. Among them, the value of i is different, the first time domain range is different, correspondingly, the first time domain resource is also different, a value of i corresponds to a first time domain range, and a first time domain range is Including a first time domain resource.
步骤S303,终端设备根据所述第一时域范围,接收所述第i次PDSCH传输对应的内容。Step S303: The terminal device receives the content corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission according to the first time domain range.
本申请实施例中,终端设备从所述第一时域范围中确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源,并从第一时域资源上获取第i次PDSCH传输对应的内容,第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集或者全集。In the embodiment of the present application, the terminal device determines the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission from the first time domain range, and obtains the content corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission from the first time domain resource. A time domain resource is a subset or a complete set of the first time domain range.
其中,若第一时域资源为第一时域范围的全集,即第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围即是第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源。在这种情况下,网络设备可以不通过PDCCH来指示各次重复传输的PDSCH的时域资源分配。PDCCH中的时域资源分配字段可以省略,终端设备在解读PDCCH时,认为时域资源分配字段不存在,或字段长度为0,会跳过该字段。Wherein, if the first time domain resource is the full set of the first time domain range, that is, the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission. In this case, the network device may not use the PDCCH to indicate the time domain resource allocation of the PDSCH transmitted repeatedly. The time domain resource allocation field in the PDCCH can be omitted. When the terminal device interprets the PDCCH, it considers that the time domain resource allocation field does not exist or the field length is 0, and it will skip this field.
若第一时域资源为第一时域范围的子集,则第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源可以由第一时域资源的起始时域符号和该第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数确定。其中,可以采用多种不同方式定义起始时域符号以及第一时域资源包含的时域符号数,下面继续分别以图5和图6两种PDCCH和PDSCH传输示意图作为举例说明。其中,上述关于第一时域资源为第一时域范围的全集,仍然适用于图5和图6实施例。If the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range, the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined by the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource and the first time domain resource. The number of time-domain symbols included is determined. Among them, a variety of different ways can be used to define the starting time domain symbol and the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource. The two PDCCH and PDSCH transmission schematic diagrams of FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 are used as examples for illustration. Wherein, the foregoing regarding the first time domain resource being the complete set of the first time domain range is still applicable to the embodiments of FIG. 5 and FIG. 6.
若采用图5所示方式进行PDCCH和PDSCH传输,下面分别阐述如何确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的几种可选的实施方式(若第一时域资源是第一时域范围的全集请参照前述实施例的描述,下面几种可选的实施方式主要描述第一时域资源是第一时域范围的子集时,如何确定第一时域资源):If the PDCCH and PDSCH transmissions are performed in the manner shown in FIG. 5, several optional implementations of how to determine the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission are described below (if the first time domain resource is the first time domain resource). For the complete set of ranges, please refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment. The following optional implementation manners mainly describe how to determine the first time domain resource when the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range):
第一种可选的实施方式,将所确定的第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号作为该第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号,在这种情况下,网络设备可以不通过PDCCH来指示PDSCH传输的起始时域符号,而指示PDSCH传输的时域符号数即可。例如,PDCCH指示第一次PDSCH传输采用的时域符号数(即第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数),并且协议规定各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数均相等,这样终端设备就可以获取各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数。可以理解的是,各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数也可以不同,例如可以是第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数的整数倍,或是第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数加上一个整数。该整数可以是协议规定的默认值,也可以是终端设备通过能力上报过程上报给网络设备的值,也可以是RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信令指示给终端设备的。In the first optional implementation manner, the determined start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is used as the start time domain of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission Symbol. In this case, the network device may not indicate the start time domain symbol of PDSCH transmission through the PDCCH, but only indicate the number of time domain symbols for PDSCH transmission. For example, the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols used in the first PDSCH transmission (that is, the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission), and the protocol specifies the first time corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. The number of time domain symbols contained in the domain resources are all equal, so that the terminal device can obtain the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. It is understandable that the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission may also be different, for example, it may be the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. An integer multiple of, or the number of time-domain symbols contained in the first time-domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission plus an integer. The integer can be the default value specified by the protocol, or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
第二种可选的实施方式,第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号可以通过PDCCH中携带的下行控制信息来确定。其余第i(i大于1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号可以通过第一符号间隔和第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的起始时域符号确定,第一符号间隔是第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号与第一次PDCCH传输的时域资源的起始时域符号之间的符号间隔,即将第一符号间隔作为第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号与第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的起始时域符号之间的符号间隔。例如,第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号间隔与第一次PDCCH传输的时域资源的起始时域符号之间的符号间隔为2,那么后续第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号与第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的起始时域符号之间的符号间隔也为2,这样就可以根据第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的起始时域符号和符号间隔2确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号。In the second optional implementation manner, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission may be determined by the downlink control information carried in the PDCCH. The start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the other i-th (i greater than 1) PDSCH transmission can be determined by the first symbol interval and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission. The symbol interval is the symbol interval between the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the first PDCCH transmission, that is, the first symbol interval is regarded as the first symbol interval. The symbol interval between the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to i (i>1) times of PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission. For example, if the symbol interval between the start time domain symbol interval of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource of the first PDCCH transmission is 2, then the subsequent i( i>1) The symbol interval between the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the second PDSCH transmission and the start time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission is also 2, so that it can be based on the The starting time domain symbol and
或者,也可以通过第二符号间隔和第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的截止时域符号确定,第二符号间隔是第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号与第一次PDCCH传输的时域资源的截止时域符号之间的符号间隔,即将第二符号间隔作为第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号与第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的截止时域符号之间的符号间隔。该第二符号间隔能够反映第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号在第i次PDCCH传输的时域资源的截止时域符号之后的符号间隔。Alternatively, it can also be determined by the second symbol interval and the cutoff time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission. The second symbol interval is the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and The symbol interval between the cut-off time domain symbols of the time domain resource for the first PDCCH transmission, that is, the second symbol interval is used as the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission and The symbol interval between the cut-off time domain symbols of the time domain resource for the i-th PDCCH transmission. The second symbol interval can reflect the symbol interval of the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission after the end time domain symbol of the time domain resource of the i-th PDCCH transmission.
该种情况下,PDCCH指示PDSCH所在的时域资源的时域符号数,比如,可以指示第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数,具体请参照第一种可选的实施方式,在此不再赘述。In this case, the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols of the time domain resource where the PDSCH is located. For example, it can indicate the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. For details, please refer to the first option. The selected implementation mode will not be repeated here.
第三种可选的实施方式,可以采用PDCCH来指示第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域 资源的起始时域符号和所包含的时域符号数。终端设备计算出剩余各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源分别采用的起始时域符号和所包含的时域符号数。例如,第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输的对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号是第i-1次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的截止时域符号之后的下一个时域符号,或者第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号是第i-1次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号或截止时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后所对应的时域符号。第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数等于第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数。In a third optional implementation manner, the PDCCH may be used to indicate the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the number of time domain symbols included. The terminal device calculates the starting time domain symbols used by the first time domain resources corresponding to each of the remaining PDSCH transmissions and the number of time domain symbols included. For example, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the next one after the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission The time domain symbol, or the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission or The cut-off time domain symbol is shifted backward by X time domain symbols corresponding to the time domain symbol. The number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is equal to the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission.
该种情况下,PDCCH指示PDSCH所在的时域资源的时域符号数,比如,可以指示第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数,具体请参照第一种可选的实施方式,在此不再赘述。In this case, the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols of the time domain resource where the PDSCH is located. For example, it can indicate the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. For details, please refer to the first option. The selected implementation mode will not be repeated here.
若采用图6所示方式进行PDCCH和PDSCH传输,下面分别阐述如何确定第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的几种可选的实施方式(若第一时域资源是第一时域范围的全集请参照前述实施例的描述,下面几种可选的实施方式主要描述第一时域资源是第一时域范围的子集时,如何确定第一时域资源):If the PDCCH and PDSCH transmissions are performed in the manner shown in FIG. 6, the following describes how to determine several optional implementation manners of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission (if the first time domain resource is the first time domain resource). For the complete set of ranges, please refer to the description of the foregoing embodiment. The following optional implementation manners mainly describe how to determine the first time domain resource when the first time domain resource is a subset of the first time domain range):
第一种可选的实施方式,将所确定的第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域范围的起始时域符号作为该第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号。在这种情况下,网络设备可以不通过PDCCH来指示PDSCH传输对应的时域资源的起始时域符号,而指示PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数即可。例如,PDCCH指示第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数,并且协议可以规定各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数均相等,这样终端设备就可以获取各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数。可以理解的是,各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数也可以不同,例如可以是第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数的整数倍,或是第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源包含的时域符号数加上一个整数。该整数可以是协议规定的默认值,也可以是终端设备通过能力上报过程上报给网络设备的值,也可以是RRC信令或MAC CE信令或DCI信令指示给终端设备的。In the first optional implementation manner, the determined start time domain symbol of the first time domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is used as the start time domain of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission symbol. In this case, the network device may not indicate the starting time domain symbol of the time domain resource corresponding to the PDSCH transmission through the PDCCH, but may indicate the number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource corresponding to the PDSCH transmission. For example, the PDCCH indicates the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission, and the protocol may stipulate that the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission are equal, so The terminal device can then obtain the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission. It is understandable that the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission may also be different, for example, it may be an integer of the number of time domain symbols contained in the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission. Or the number of time-domain symbols contained in the first time-domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission plus an integer. The integer can be the default value specified by the protocol, or the value reported by the terminal device to the network device through the capability reporting process, or it can be indicated to the terminal device by RRC signaling, MAC CE signaling, or DCI signaling.
第二种可选的实施方式,采用PDCCH来指示第一次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号和所包含的时域符号数。终端设备计算出剩余各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号和所包含的时域符号数。例如,第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号是第i-1次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的截止时域符号之后的下一个时域符号,或者第i(i>1)次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号是第i-1次PDSCH传输对应的第一时域资源的起始时域符号或截止时域符号向后偏移X个时域符号后的时域符号,其中X为大于或者等于1的整数。In the second optional implementation manner, the PDCCH is used to indicate the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the first PDSCH transmission and the number of time domain symbols included. The terminal device calculates the starting time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to each remaining PDSCH transmission and the number of time domain symbols contained therein. For example, the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the next time after the cut-off time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission. Domain symbol, or the start time domain symbol of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-th (i>1) PDSCH transmission is the start time domain symbol or end of the first time domain resource corresponding to the i-1th PDSCH transmission The time domain symbol is a time domain symbol that is shifted backward by X time domain symbols, where X is an integer greater than or equal to 1.
其中,各次PDSCH传输分别对应的第一时域资源所包含的时域符号数可以均相同,或者不同,具体可以参照第一种可选的实施方式,在此不再赘述。The number of time domain symbols included in the first time domain resource corresponding to each PDSCH transmission may be the same or different. For details, refer to the first optional implementation manner, and details are not described herein again.
上述通过图5和图6示例性解释如何从第一时域范围确定第一时域资源,并不构成对本申请实施例的限定。The foregoing exemplary explanation of how to determine the first time domain resource from the first time domain range by using FIG. 5 and FIG. 6 does not constitute a limitation to the embodiment of the present application.
可选的,第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一频域资源可以从PDCCH中的频域资源分配字段来确定。第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一频域资源是所确定的第i次PDSCH传输对应的第一频域范围的子集或者全集。Optionally, the first frequency domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission may be determined from the frequency domain resource allocation field in the PDCCH. The first frequency domain resource corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission is a subset or a full set of the determined first frequency domain range corresponding to the i-th PDSCH transmission.
当确定第i次PDSCH传输实际采用的第一时域资源和第一频域资源后,即可从第一时域资源和第一频域资源所确定的时频资源上接收第i次PDSCH传输的内容。具体可选的,可以从PDCCH中获取第i次PDSCH传输采用的传输参数,确定各次PDSCH传输实际采用的时频资源,调制编码方案等,然后根据传输参数对各次PDSCH传输实际采用的时频资源上的信号进行解调和译码,得到各次PDSCH携带的数据。其中各次PDSCH上传输的是同一数据的相同或不同RV版本。终端设备可以对这些RV版本进行合并译码,从而完成高可靠数据传输。After determining the first time domain resource and the first frequency domain resource actually used for the i-th PDSCH transmission, the i-th PDSCH transmission can be received from the time-frequency resource determined by the first time domain resource and the first frequency domain resource Content. Optionally, the transmission parameters used in the i-th PDSCH transmission can be obtained from the PDCCH, and the time-frequency resources, modulation and coding schemes, etc. actually used in each PDSCH transmission can be determined, and then the time actually used in each PDSCH transmission can be determined according to the transmission parameters. The signal on the frequency resource is demodulated and decoded to obtain the data carried by each PDSCH. Among them, the same or different RV versions of the same data are transmitted on each PDSCH. The terminal device can combine and decode these RV versions to complete high-reliability data transmission.
其中,上述关于图5实施例的描述和图6实施例的描述之间可以相互引用,本申请实施例不作限定。Wherein, the foregoing description of the embodiment in FIG. 5 and the description of the embodiment in FIG. 6 may be mutually cited, which is not limited by the embodiment of the present application.
相应于上述方法实施例给出的方法,本申请实施例还提供了相应的通信装置,所述通信装置包括用于执行上述实施例相应的模块。所述模块可以是软件,也可以是硬件,或者是软件和硬件结合。Corresponding to the method given in the foregoing method embodiment, an embodiment of the present application also provides a corresponding communication device, and the communication device includes a corresponding module for executing the foregoing embodiment. The module can be software, hardware, or a combination of software and hardware.
请参见图7,为本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。图7所示的通信装置700可包括收发单元701和处理单元702。收发单元701可包括发送单元和接收单元,发送单元用于实现发送功能,接收单元用于实现接收功能,收发单元701可以实现发送功能和/或接收功能。收发单元也可以描述为通信单元。Refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic structural diagram of a communication device provided by an embodiment of this application. The
通信装置700可以是终端设备,也可以终端设备中的装置,还可以是能够与终端设备匹配使用的装置。The
在一种设计中,处理单元702,用于根据物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围,所述物理下行控制信道用于调度所述物理下行共享信道,所述第i次物理下行共享信道传输为所述物理下行共享信道的N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数,所述i为大于或者等于1,且小于或者等于N的整数;In one design, the
收发单元701,用于根据所述第一时域范围,接收所述第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。The
通信装置700还可以是网络设备,也可以网络设备中的装置,还可以是能够与网络设备匹配使用的装置。The
在一种设计中,收发单元701,用于采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,第一时域资源是第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集,所述第一时域范围由物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息确定,所述物理下行控制信道用于调度所述物理下行共享信道,所述第i次物理下行共享信道传输为N次重复传输中的一次传输,所述N为大于或者等于2的整数。In one design, the
具体请参照方法实施例的描述,在此不再赘述。For details, please refer to the description of the method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
图8给出了一种通信装置的结构示意图。所述通信装置800可以是网络设备,也可以是终端设备,也可以是支持网络设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等,还可以是支持终端设备实现上述方法的芯片、芯片系统、或处理器等。该装置可用于实现上述方法实施例中描述的方法,具体可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device. The
所述通信装置800可以包括一个或多个处理器801。所述处理器801可以是通用处理器或者专用处理器等。例如可以是基带处理器或中央处理器。基带处理器可以用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器可以用于对通信装置(如,基站、基带芯片,终端、终端芯片,DU或CU等)进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。The
可选的,所述通信装置800中可以包括一个或多个存储器802,其上可以存有计算机程序或指令804,所述指令可在所述处理器801上被运行,使得所述装置800执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。可选的,所述存储器802中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器801和存储器802可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the
可选的,所述通信装置800还可以包括收发器805、天线806。所述收发器805可以称为收发单元、收发机、或收发电路等,用于实现收发功能。收发器805可以包括接收器和发送器,接收器可以称为接收机或接收电路等,用于实现接收功能;发送器可以称为发送机或发送电路等,用于实现发送功能。Optionally, the
所述通信装置800为终端设备:处理器801用于执行图3中的步骤302。收发器805用于执行图3中的步骤303。The
所述通信装置800为网络设备:收发器805用于执行图3中的步骤301。The
在另一种可选的设计中,处理器801中可以包括或者连接用于实现接收和发送功能的收发器。例如该收发器可以是收发电路,或者是接口,或者是接口电路。用于实现接收和发送功能的收发电路、接口或接口电路可以是分开的,也可以集成在一起。上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于代码/数据的读写,或者,上述收发电路、接口或接口电路可以用于信号的传输或传递。In another alternative design, the
在又一种可能的设计中,可选的,处理器801可以存有计算机程序或指令803,计算机程序或指令803在处理器801上运行,可使得所述装置800执行上述方法实施例中描述的方法。计算机程序或指令803可能固化在处理器801中,该种情况下,处理器801可能由硬件实现。In another possible design, optionally, the
在又一种可能的设计中,通信装置800可以包括电路,所述电路可以实现前述方法实施例中发送或接收或者通信的功能。本申请中描述的处理器和收发器可实现在集成电路(integrated circuit,IC)、模拟IC、射频集成电路RFIC、混合信号IC、专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC)、印刷电路板(printed circuit board,PCB)、电子设备等上。该处理器和收发器也可以用各种IC工艺技术来制造,例如互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal oxide semiconductor,CMOS)、N型金属氧化物半导体(nMetal-oxide-semiconductor,NMOS)、P型金属氧化物半导体(positive channel metal oxide semiconductor,PMOS)、双极结型晶体管(Bipolar Junction Transistor,BJT)、双极CMOS(BiCMOS)、硅锗(SiGe)、砷化镓(GaAs)等。In another possible design, the
以上实施例描述中的通信装置可以是网络设备或者终端设备,但本申请中描述的通信 装置的范围并不限于此,而且通信装置的结构可以不受图8的限制。通信装置可以是独立的设备或者可以是较大设备的一部分。例如所述通信装置可以是:The communication device described in the above embodiment may be a network device or a terminal device, but the scope of the communication device described in this application is not limited to this, and the structure of the communication device may not be limited by FIG. 8. The communication device may be a stand-alone device or may be part of a larger device. For example, the communication device may be:
(1)独立的集成电路IC,或芯片,或,芯片系统或子系统;(1) Independent integrated circuit IC, or chip, or, chip system or subsystem;
(2)具有一个或多个IC的集合,可选的,该IC集合也可以包括用于存储数据,指令的存储部件;(2) A set of one or more ICs. Optionally, the set of ICs may also include storage components for storing data and instructions;
(3)ASIC,例如调制解调器(MSM);(3) ASIC, such as modem (MSM);
(4)可嵌入在其他设备内的模块;(4) Modules that can be embedded in other equipment;
(5)接收机、终端、智能终端、蜂窝电话、无线设备、手持机、移动单元、车载设备、网络设备、云设备、人工智能设备等等;(5) Receivers, terminals, smart terminals, cellular phones, wireless devices, handhelds, mobile units, vehicle-mounted devices, network devices, cloud devices, artificial intelligence devices, etc.;
(6)其他等等。(6) Others, etc.
对于通信装置可以是芯片或芯片系统的情况,可参见图9所示的芯片的结构示意图。图9所示的芯片900包括处理器901和接口902。其中,处理器901的数量可以是一个或多个,接口902的数量可以是多个。For the case that the communication device can be a chip or a chip system, refer to the schematic diagram of the chip structure shown in FIG. 9. The
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中终端设备的功能的情况:接口902用于接收第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围内的信号等。处理器901用于对第一时域范围内的信号进行处理,比如,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域资源,并对第一时域资源上的信号进行处理,获得第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的内容。接口902还用于输出上行信息或上行信号等。For the case where the chip is used to implement the function of the terminal device in the embodiment of the present application: the
可选的,芯片还包括存储器903,存储器903用于存储终端设备必要的程序指令和数据。Optionally, the chip further includes a
对于芯片用于实现本申请实施例中网络设备的功能的情况:接口902用于采用第一时域资源进行第i次物理下行共享信道传输,第一时域资源是第i次物理下行共享信道传输对应的第一时域范围的子集或者全集等。处理器901用于根据物理下行控制信道的时域资源信息,确定第i次物理下行共享信道传输所在的上述第一时域范围。For the case where the chip is used to implement the function of the network device in the embodiment of the present application: the
可选的,芯片还包括存储器903,存储器903用于存储网络设备必要的程序指令和数据。Optionally, the chip further includes a
图10提供了一种终端设备的结构示意图。为了便于说明,图10仅示出了终端设备的主要部件。如图10所示,终端设备1000包括处理器、存储器、控制电路、天线以及输入输出装置。处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,以及对整个终端进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。存储器主要用于存储软件程序和数据。控制电路可以包括射频电路,射频电路主要用于基带信号与射频信号的转换以及对射频信号的处理。天线主要用于收发电磁波形式的射频信号。输入输出装置,例如触摸屏、显示屏,键盘等主要用于接收用户输入的数据以及对用户输出数据。Figure 10 provides a schematic structural diagram of a terminal device. For ease of description, FIG. 10 only shows the main components of the terminal device. As shown in FIG. 10, the
当终端设备开机后,处理器可以读取存储单元中的软件程序,解析并执行软件程序的指令,处理软件程序的数据。当通过无线发送数据时,处理器对待发送的数据进行基带处理后,输出基带信号至射频电路,射频电路将基带信号进行处理后得到射频信号并将射频 信号通过天线以电磁波的形式向外发送。当有数据发送到终端设备时,射频电路通过天线接收到射频信号,该射频信号被进一步转换为基带信号,并将基带信号输出至处理器,处理器将基带信号转换为数据并对该数据进行处理。When the terminal device is turned on, the processor can read the software program in the storage unit, parse and execute the instructions of the software program, and process the data of the software program. When sending data wirelessly, the processor performs baseband processing on the data to be sent, and outputs the baseband signal to the radio frequency circuit. The radio frequency circuit processes the baseband signal to obtain a radio frequency signal and sends the radio frequency signal out in the form of electromagnetic waves through the antenna. When data is sent to the terminal equipment, the radio frequency circuit receives the radio frequency signal through the antenna, the radio frequency signal is further converted into a baseband signal, and the baseband signal is output to the processor, and the processor converts the baseband signal into data and performs processing on the data. deal with.
为了便于说明,图10仅示出了一个存储器和处理器。在实际的终端设备中,可以存在多个处理器和存储器。存储器也可以称为存储介质或者存储设备等,本申请实施例对此不做限制。For ease of description, FIG. 10 only shows a memory and a processor. In an actual terminal device, there may be multiple processors and memories. The memory may also be referred to as a storage medium or a storage device, etc., which is not limited in the embodiment of the present application.
作为一种可选的实现方式,处理器可以包括基带处理器和中央处理器,基带处理器主要用于对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理,中央处理器主要用于对整个终端设备进行控制,执行软件程序,处理软件程序的数据。图10中的处理器集成了基带处理器和中央处理器的功能,本领域技术人员可以理解,基带处理器和中央处理器也可以是各自独立的处理器,通过总线等技术互联。本领域技术人员可以理解,终端设备可以包括多个基带处理器以适应不同的网络制式,终端设备可以包括多个中央处理器以增强其处理能力,终端设备的各个部件可以通过各种总线连接。所述基带处理器也可以表述为基带处理电路或者基带处理芯片。所述中央处理器也可以表述为中央处理电路或者中央处理芯片。对通信协议以及通信数据进行处理的功能可以内置在处理器中,也可以以软件程序的形式存储在存储单元中,由处理器执行软件程序以实现基带处理功能。As an optional implementation, the processor may include a baseband processor and a central processing unit. The baseband processor is mainly used to process communication protocols and communication data. The central processing unit is mainly used to control the entire terminal device and execute Software program, processing the data of the software program. The processor in FIG. 10 integrates the functions of the baseband processor and the central processing unit. Those skilled in the art can understand that the baseband processor and the central processing unit may also be independent processors, and are interconnected by technologies such as a bus. Those skilled in the art can understand that the terminal device may include multiple baseband processors to adapt to different network standards, the terminal device may include multiple central processors to enhance its processing capabilities, and the various components of the terminal device may be connected through various buses. The baseband processor may also be expressed as a baseband processing circuit or a baseband processing chip. The central processing unit can also be expressed as a central processing circuit or a central processing chip. The function of processing the communication protocol and the communication data may be built in the processor, or stored in the storage unit in the form of a software program, and the processor executes the software program to realize the baseband processing function.
本领域技术人员还可以了解到本申请实施例列出的各种说明性逻辑块(illustrative logical block)和步骤(step)可以通过电子硬件、电脑软件,或两者的结合进行实现。这样的功能是通过硬件还是软件来实现取决于特定的应用和整个系统的设计要求。本领域技术人员可以对于每种特定的应用,可以使用各种方法实现所述的功能,但这种实现不应被理解为超出本申请实施例保护的范围。Those skilled in the art may also understand that various illustrative logical blocks and steps listed in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented by electronic hardware, computer software, or a combination of the two. Whether such a function is implemented by hardware or software depends on the specific application and the design requirements of the entire system. Those skilled in the art can use various methods to implement the described functions for each specific application, but such implementation should not be construed as going beyond the protection scope of the embodiments of the present application.
本申请还提供了一种计算机可读存储介质,其上存储有计算机程序,该计算机可读存储介质被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium on which a computer program is stored, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed by a computer, the function of any of the foregoing method embodiments is realized.
本申请还提供了一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品被计算机执行时实现上述任一方法实施例的功能。This application also provides a computer program product, which, when executed by a computer, realizes the functions of any of the foregoing method embodiments.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(digital subscriber line,DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,高密度数字视频光盘(digital video disc,DVD))、或者半导体介质(例如,固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above-mentioned embodiments, it may be implemented in whole or in part by software, hardware, firmware, or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, it can be implemented in the form of a computer program product in whole or in part. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer instructions are loaded and executed on the computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable devices. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions may be transmitted from a website, computer, server, or data center. Transmission to another website, computer, server, or data center via wired (such as coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (such as infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.). The computer-readable storage medium may be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center integrated with one or more available media. The usable medium may be a magnetic medium (for example, a floppy disk, a hard disk, and a magnetic tape), an optical medium (for example, a high-density digital video disc (digital video disc, DVD)), or a semiconductor medium (for example, a solid state disk, SSD)) etc.
本领域普通技术人员可以理解:本申请中涉及的第一、第二等各种数字编号仅为描述方便进行的区分,并不用来限制本申请实施例的范围,也表示先后顺序。A person of ordinary skill in the art can understand that the various digital numbers such as first and second involved in the present application are only for easy distinction for description, and are not used to limit the scope of the embodiments of the present application, but also indicate a sequence.
本申请中各表所示的对应关系可以被配置,也可以是预定义的。各表中的信息的取值仅仅是举例,可以配置为其他值,本申请并不限定。在配置信息与各参数的对应关系时,并不一定要求必须配置各表中示意出的所有对应关系。例如,本申请中的表格中,某些行示出的对应关系也可以不配置。又例如,可以基于上述表格做适当的变形调整,例如,拆分,合并等等。上述各表中标题示出参数的名称也可以采用通信装置可理解的其他名称,其参数的取值或表示方式也可以通信装置可理解的其他取值或表示方式。上述各表在实现时,也可以采用其他的数据结构,例如可以采用数组、队列、容器、栈、线性表、指针、链表、树、图、结构体、类、堆、散列表或哈希表等。The corresponding relationships shown in the tables in this application can be configured or pre-defined. The value of the information in each table is only an example, and can be configured to other values, which is not limited in this application. When configuring the correspondence between the information and each parameter, it is not necessarily required to configure all the correspondences indicated in the tables. For example, in the table in this application, the corresponding relationship shown in some rows may not be configured. For another example, appropriate deformation adjustments can be made based on the above table, such as splitting, merging, and so on. The names of the parameters shown in the titles in the above tables may also adopt other names that can be understood by the communication device, and the values or expressions of the parameters may also be other values or expressions that can be understood by the communication device. When the above tables are implemented, other data structures can also be used, such as arrays, queues, containers, stacks, linear tables, pointers, linked lists, trees, graphs, structures, classes, heaps, hash tables, or hash tables. Wait.
本申请中的预定义可以理解为定义、预先定义、存储、预存储、预协商、预配置、固化、或预烧制。The pre-definition in this application can be understood as definition, pre-definition, storage, pre-storage, pre-negotiation, pre-configuration, curing, or pre-fired.
本领域普通技术人员可以意识到,结合本文中所公开的实施例描述的各示例的单元及算法步骤,能够以电子硬件、或者计算机软件和电子硬件的结合来实现。这些功能究竟以硬件还是软件方式来执行,取决于技术方案的特定应用和设计约束条件。专业技术人员可以对每个特定的应用来使用不同方法来实现所描述的功能,但是这种实现不应认为超出本申请的范围。A person of ordinary skill in the art may realize that the units and algorithm steps of the examples described in combination with the embodiments disclosed herein can be implemented by electronic hardware or a combination of computer software and electronic hardware. Whether these functions are performed by hardware or software depends on the specific application and design constraint conditions of the technical solution. Professionals and technicians can use different methods for each specific application to implement the described functions, but such implementation should not be considered beyond the scope of this application.
所属领域的技术人员可以清楚地了解到,为描述的方便和简洁,上述描述的系统、装置和单元的具体工作过程,可以参考前述方法实施例中的对应过程,在此不再赘述。Those skilled in the art can clearly understand that, for the convenience and conciseness of description, the specific working process of the system, device and unit described above can refer to the corresponding process in the foregoing method embodiment, which will not be repeated here.
以上所述,仅为本申请的具体实施方式,但本申请的保护范围并不局限于此,任何熟悉本技术领域的技术人员在本申请揭露的技术范围内,可轻易想到变化或替换,都应涵盖在本申请的保护范围之内。因此,本申请的保护范围应以所述权利要求的保护范围为准。The above are only specific implementations of this application, but the protection scope of this application is not limited to this. Any person skilled in the art can easily think of changes or substitutions within the technical scope disclosed in this application. Should be covered within the scope of protection of this application. Therefore, the protection scope of this application should be subject to the protection scope of the claims.
Claims (35)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/109467 WO2021062634A1 (en) | 2019-09-30 | 2019-09-30 | Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device |
| CN201980100608.2A CN114424653B (en) | 2019-09-30 | 2019-09-30 | Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device |
Applications Claiming Priority (1)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/109467 WO2021062634A1 (en) | 2019-09-30 | 2019-09-30 | Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| WO2021062634A1 true WO2021062634A1 (en) | 2021-04-08 |
Family
ID=75337624
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| PCT/CN2019/109467 Ceased WO2021062634A1 (en) | 2019-09-30 | 2019-09-30 | Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN114424653B (en) |
| WO (1) | WO2021062634A1 (en) |
Cited By (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN113767695A (en) * | 2021-08-05 | 2021-12-07 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Communication method, communication apparatus, and storage medium |
| US11678339B2 (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2023-06-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for group-based multi-beam operation |
| CN116455514A (en) * | 2022-01-10 | 2023-07-18 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | PDCCH detection method, device, terminal and storage medium |
Families Citing this family (1)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| WO2024011437A1 (en) * | 2022-07-13 | 2024-01-18 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Physical downlink channel repetitions in subbands |
Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN107046722A (en) * | 2016-02-05 | 2017-08-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for determining scheduling timing interval |
| CN108366358A (en) * | 2014-07-30 | 2018-08-03 | 英特尔Ip公司 | For the MTC methods coexisted and enhancement mode node B(eNB) |
| US20190281587A1 (en) * | 2018-05-10 | 2019-09-12 | Yushu Zhang | User equipment (ue) downlink transmission configuration indication (tci)-state selection |
| WO2019182429A1 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2019-09-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam management for multi-stream transmission |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US10448414B2 (en) * | 2017-03-23 | 2019-10-15 | Sharp Kabushiki Kaisha | Downlink control channel for uplink ultra-reliable and low-latency communications |
| WO2019130571A1 (en) * | 2017-12-28 | 2019-07-04 | 株式会社Nttドコモ | User terminal and radio communication method |
| US11025456B2 (en) * | 2018-01-12 | 2021-06-01 | Apple Inc. | Time domain resource allocation for mobile communication |
-
2019
- 2019-09-30 CN CN201980100608.2A patent/CN114424653B/en active Active
- 2019-09-30 WO PCT/CN2019/109467 patent/WO2021062634A1/en not_active Ceased
Patent Citations (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| CN108366358A (en) * | 2014-07-30 | 2018-08-03 | 英特尔Ip公司 | For the MTC methods coexisted and enhancement mode node B(eNB) |
| CN107046722A (en) * | 2016-02-05 | 2017-08-15 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method and device for determining scheduling timing interval |
| WO2019182429A1 (en) * | 2018-03-23 | 2019-09-26 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for beam management for multi-stream transmission |
| US20190281587A1 (en) * | 2018-05-10 | 2019-09-12 | Yushu Zhang | User equipment (ue) downlink transmission configuration indication (tci)-state selection |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
| Title |
|---|
| NTT DOCOMO ET AL: "Enhancements on multi-TRP/panel transmission", 3GPP DRAFT; R1-1811348, 3RD GENERATION PARTNERSHIP PROJECT (3GPP), MOBILE COMPETENCE CENTRE ; 650, ROUTE DES LUCIOLES ; F-06921 SOPHIA-ANTIPOLIS CEDEX ; FRANCE, 12 September 2018 (2018-09-12), Mobile Competence Centre ; 650, route des Lucioles ; F-06921 Sophia-Antipolis Cedex ; France, pages 1 - 21, XP051518751 * |
Cited By (4)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US11678339B2 (en) * | 2019-12-13 | 2023-06-13 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for group-based multi-beam operation |
| US12120706B2 (en) | 2019-12-13 | 2024-10-15 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for group-based multi-beam operation |
| CN113767695A (en) * | 2021-08-05 | 2021-12-07 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Communication method, communication apparatus, and storage medium |
| CN116455514A (en) * | 2022-01-10 | 2023-07-18 | 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 | PDCCH detection method, device, terminal and storage medium |
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| CN114424653B (en) | 2025-10-03 |
| CN114424653A (en) | 2022-04-29 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| US12446114B2 (en) | Downlink control for non-coherent joint transmission | |
| US12015505B2 (en) | Uplink transmission instruction method, terminal, base station and computer storage medium | |
| US20240397528A1 (en) | Feedback information transmission method, communication device, and storage medium | |
| CN108811083B (en) | A transmission method and device for paging instructions | |
| CN113824481B (en) | Uplink transmission method, device, chip system and storage medium | |
| CN115250463B (en) | Terminal capability reporting method, user terminal and communication system | |
| US11296855B2 (en) | Communication method, terminal device, and network device | |
| CN115150815A (en) | Terminal capability reporting method, user terminal and communication system | |
| WO2021062634A1 (en) | Physical downlink shared channel transmission method and communication device | |
| US11871403B2 (en) | Resource use status reporting method and communications apparatus | |
| CN109391445A (en) | A kind of PDSCH receives indicating means, data receiver method and the device of information | |
| CN111436129B (en) | Data transmission method and communication device | |
| KR20220137063A (en) | Reference signal resource configuration method and apparatus | |
| EP4429371A1 (en) | Resource indication method and communication apparatus | |
| CN110535604B (en) | Rate matching method and device | |
| KR20230163560A (en) | Time domain resource allocation method and device | |
| CN113677035A (en) | Downlink data transmission method and related product | |
| CN116508373A (en) | Beam indication method and device for intelligent relay | |
| CN117812741A (en) | A method and device for indicating measurement resources | |
| US20240397308A1 (en) | Resource configuration method, apparatus and storage medium | |
| CN111756474B (en) | A data transmission method and device | |
| CN116636169A (en) | Reference signal resource transmission method, device and storage medium | |
| EP4586564A1 (en) | Information determination method/apparatus/device and storage medium | |
| CN114080040A (en) | Downlink channel transmission method and device | |
| US12368540B2 (en) | Uplink control information (UCI) multiplexing for semi-persistent scheduling (SPS) hybrid automatic repeat request (HARQ) skipping |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| 121 | Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application |
Ref document number: 19947479 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| NENP | Non-entry into the national phase |
Ref country code: DE |
|
| 122 | Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase |
Ref document number: 19947479 Country of ref document: EP Kind code of ref document: A1 |
|
| WWG | Wipo information: grant in national office |
Ref document number: 201980100608.2 Country of ref document: CN |